E 

UC-NRLF 


5245 


^^H 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA 


ORGANIC  ACTS 


—AND— 


Administrative  Reports 


—OF  THE- 


School  of  American  Archaeology 


SANTA  FE,  NEW  MEXICO,  U.  S.  A. 


1907  TO  1917 


EXCHANGE 


ARCHAEOLOGICAL  INSTITUTE  OF  AMERICA 


ORGANIC  ACTS 


-AND— 


Administrative  Reports 


—  OF  THE— 


School  of   American  Archaeology 


SANTA  FE,  NEW  MEXICO,  U.  S.  A. 


1907  TO  1917 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

E5 


The  re-organization  of  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology  into  the  School  of  American  Research 
in  1917  marked  the  completion  of  the  initial  decade. 
For  convenience  in  studying  the  developments  of 
this  period,  the  Organic  Acts  and  Administrative 
Reports  are  assembled  and  published. 

(Signed)        EDGAR  L.  HEWETT, 

Director 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 


CONTENTS  :.a  ;.V:,.2:" 

Initial  Acts 

1.  Chairman's  Statement,  January  2,  1907 .        4 

2.  Chairman's  Statement,  October  1,  1907..       7 

3.  President's  Statement,  October  1,  1907..       8 

4.  Report  of  the  Director,  1907.  10 

Organic  Acts  and  Administrative  Reports 

5.  Chairman's  Statement,  1908..  24 

6.  Report  of  the  Director,  1908 . .  30 

7.  Chairman's  Statement,  1909..  40 

8.  Report  of  the  Director,  1909. .  50 

9.  Chairman's  Statement,  1910 ....  76 

10.  Report  of  the  Director,  1910..  78 

11.  Chairman's  Statement,  1911..  97 

12.  Report  of  the  Director,  1911 . .  .101 

13.  Chairman's  Statement,  1912..  .  115 

14.  Report  of  the  Director,  1912..  .  117 

15.  Chairman's  Statement,  1913..  132 

16.  Report  of  the  Director,  1913..  .  134 

17.  Report  of  the  Director,  1914..  .  148 

18.  Report  of  the  Director,  1915..  .  159 

19.  Report  of  the  Director,  1916 .... 166 

20.  Report  of  the  Director,  1917 . .  191 


MllO'798 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 


4H/rV"?;  ;  /,   ; 

;".,:/A  I. 


Chairman's  Statement 
January  2,  1907 

The  Work  of  the  Institute  in  American  Archaeology 

(From  the  Journal  of  American  Archaeology 
Vol.  XI,  No.  1,  1907) 

At  the  meeting  in  celebration  of  the  incorpora 
tion  of  the  Institute,  held  at  Washington  D.  C.,  on 
January  2,  1907,  Mr.  Charles  P.  Bowditch,  chair 
man  of  the  Committee  on  American  Archaeology, 
delivered  an  address  of  special  interest  on  the 
undertakings  of  the  Institute  in  this  field.  The 
part  which  presents  the  plan  of  the  committee  for 
future  work  is  here  published. 

The  American  work  to  which  the  Institute  can 
look  forward  in  the  future  has  been  admirably  ex 
pressed  by  Miss  Alice  C.  Fletcher  in  her  report  to 
the  Committee  on  American  Archaeclogy,  which 
I  will  now  read: 

It  is  proposed  that  the  basal  plan  for  work 
under  the  American  Committee  of  the  Archae 
ological  Institute  of  America  shall  be  the  prep 
aration  of  a  map  of  the  culture  areas  of  the 
American  continent,  as  a  contribution  to  the 
world  study  of  the  human  race. 
"Already  much  has  been  done  toward  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  5 

making  of  such  a  map,  and  all  available  work 
hitherto  done  by  institutions,  associations  or  in 
dividuals,  will  be  duly  credited  and  its  bibliog 
raphy  given.  It  is  believed  that  such  a  graphic 
tabulation  will  not  only  facilitate  the  task  of 
correlating  work  already  accomplished  and  now 
in  progress,  but  will  make  it  possible  so  to  di 
rect  the  efforts  of  the  various  Societies  of  the 
Institute  which  desire  to  support  active  field 
work  in  our  own  country,  that  all  the  archaeo 
logical  research  undertaken  will  fit  into  the 
broad  plan  proposed,  and  thus  help  towrard 
the  solution  of  some  of  the  problems  that  con 
front  the  students  of  human  culture. 

'  'A  preparatory  step  toward  the  carrying  out 
of  this  basal  plan  would  be  the  appointment  of 
an  officer  to  be  known  as  Director  of  American 
Archaeology,  whose  immediate  duty  would  be 
to  direct  and  coordinate  all  work  undertaken 
by  the  affiliated  societies  of  the  Institute.  This 
step  should  be  followed  by  the  establishment 
of  a  School  of  American  Archaeology,  in  which 
graduate  students  should  be  received  for  in 
struction  and  employment  in  field  research, 
and  so  fitted  to  be  workers  in  the  wide  field 
opened  by  this  basal  plan. 

'  'Since  culture  areas  do  not  correspond  with 
political  boundaries,  international  relationships 
and  work  will  naturally  follow." 
This  plan  has  been  accepted  by  the  committee, 
and  Mr.  Edgar  L.  Hewett  has  been  recommended 
to  the  Council  as  Director  of  American  Archaeology. 
It  is  hoped  that  the  societies  of  the  Institute,  in 
spired  by  the  comprehensive  plan  which  has  been 

adopted,  will  join  heartily  in  the  plan  to  make  such 
1* 


6  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

a  plan  successful  by  turning  their  local  energy  and 
local  funds  into  work  which  will  contribute  toward 
the  desired  end. 

The  interest  in  the  work  of  American  Archaeol 
ogy  is  increasing  in  all  parts  of  the  country,  and  the 
committee  has  been  informed  that  if  a  School  of 
American  Archaeology  should  be  established  in  San 
ta  Fe,  the  old  Governor's  Palace  would  probably  be 
placed  at  their  disposal.  While  the  committee  is 
not  ready  to  take  decisive  action  at  the  present 
time,  it  is  hoped  that  in  the  near  future  such  a 
school  may  be  established,  which  shall  be  the  cen 
ter  of  influence  in  the  cause  of  American  Archae 
ology  throughout  the  West  and  Southwest. 

In  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the 
Committee  on  American  Archaeology,  Mr.  Edgar 
L.  Hewett  was  elected  Director  of  American  Arch 
aeology  at  the  meeting  of  the  Council  of  the  Insti 
tute,  held  at  George  Washington  University,  Janu 
ary  4,  1907. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 


II. 

Chairman's  Statement 
October  1,  1907 

To  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 
America: 

GENTLEMEN:  As  chairman  of  the  Committee  on 
American  Archaeology,  I  have  the  honor  to  report 
as  follows: 

No  application  having  been  made  for  the  Fellow 
ship  of  American  Archaeology  no  one  was  ap 
pointed  to  fill  that  position. 

In  January,  1907,  Professor  Edgar  L.  Hewett 
was  appointed  Director  of  American  Archaeology. 
This  position  is  an  entirely  new  one,  and  the  ap 
pointment  has  been  amply  justified.  The  following 
statement  of  the  Director  sets  forth  in  some  detail 
the  work  that  he  has  accomplished.  A  full  report 
by  the  Director  will  be  ready  for  publication  in  a 
few  months. 

At  the  next  general  meeting  the  Committee  will 
report  plans  for  what  it  believes  will  be  a  more  ef 
fective  organization  of  its  work,  in  the  form  of  a 
School  of  American  Archaeology. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

CHARLES  P.  BOWDITCH,  Chairman 
Boston,  October  1,  1907 


8  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

III. 

President's  Statement 
October  1,  1907 

From  28th  Annual  Report  of  the  Council 
Professor  Edgar  L.  Hewett  has  been  elected  Di 
rector  of  American  Archaeology  and  he  is  expected 
to  hold  to  the  Committee  on  American  Archaeology 
a  relation  similar  to  that  of  the  Directors  of  the 
Schools  in  Athens,  Rome  and  Palestine  to  the  Man 
aging  Committees  of  their  Schools,  though  his  du 
ties  at  present  are  diverse.  He  has  already  ren 
dered  important  service  (1)  in  giving  information 
to  government  officials  with  regard  to  the  rules 
which  are  needed  for  the  regulation  of  archaeolog 
ical  excavations  in  this  country,  (2)  in  addressing 
the  western  societies  on  the  local  work  which  it  is 
practicable  and  fitting  for  them  to  undertake,  and 
(3)  in  leading  expeditions  with  archaeological  stu 
dents,  and  conducting  explorations  in  Utah,  Colo 
rado  and  New  Mexico.  Professor  Hewett's  report 
will  be  found  particularly  interesting,  as  indicating 
the  special  activity  of  the  western  societies  in  con 
nection  with  the  training  of  eastern  students. 

The  Committee  on  American  Archaeology,  at  the 
instance  of  Miss  Fletcher,  has  adopted  a  broad  and 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  9 

comprehensive  plan  for  the  work  of  the  Institute  in 
this  field,  which  is  expected  to  unify  the  efforts  of 
the  affiliated  societies. 

Overtures  have  been  made  to  the  Council  for  the 
establishment  of  a  School  of  American  Archaeol 
ogy  in  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  with  the  possibility 
that  the  old  Governor's  Palace,  one  of  the  oldest 
and  most  interesting  public  buildings  in  the  coun 
try,  might  be  put  under  the  care  of  the  Institute, 
for  the  use  of  such  a  school.  This  matter  is  under 
consideration  by  the  Committee  on  American  Arch 
aeology,  which  has  also  received  informal  overtures 
from  four  other  cities,  showing  that  the  importance 
of  such  a  school  is  generally  recognized. 

On  behalf  of  the  Council, 

THOMAS  DAY  SEYMOUR,  President 
Yale  University,  October  1,  1907 


10  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

IV. 
Report  of  the  Director 

1907 

To  the  Committee  on  American  Archaeology,  Arch 
aeological  Institute  of  America: 
I  have  the  honor  to  submit  my  First  Annual  Re 
port  as  Director  of  American  Archaeology. 

In  the  prosecution  of  the  work  the  Director  has 
been  guided  by  the  plan  adopted  by  the  Institute  at 
its  meeting  in  Washington,  in  December,  1906. 

During  the  months  of  January  and  February  the 
time  of  the  Director  was  occupied  in  the  prepara 
tion  of  general  plans  for  the  American  work  and  in 
lecturing  before  the  societies  of  the  Institute  at  the 
following  places:  St.  Louis,  Kansas  City,  Lawrence, 
Topeka,  Pueblo,  Colorado  Springs,  Denver,  Boul 
der,  Salt  Lake  City,  San  Francisco,  Davenport,  Du- 
buque  and  Cincinnati.  In  the  course  of  this  tour 
preliminary  plans  were  made  for  the  season's  field 
work,  including  arrangements  for  the  necessary  fi 
nancial  support.  A  conference  was  held,  as  direc 
ted  by  your  Committee,  with  the  Legislature  of 
New  Mexico  and  people  of  Santa  Fe,  relative  to  the 
proposed  tender  of  the  old  Government  Palace  to 
the  Institute. 

The  months  of  March,  April  and  May,  were  de 
voted  to  plans  for  field  work  and  to  the  considera 
tion  of  the  rules  and  regulations  issued  by  various 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  11 

departments  of  government  for  the  purpose  of  car 
rying  out  the  provisions  of  the  Act  for  the  Preser 
vation  of  American  Antiquities,  passed  by  Congress 
June  8,  1906.  Exceptions  were  taken  to  these 
rules  on  the  ground  that  they  placed  upon  scien 
tific  research  harmful  and  unnecessary  restrictions 
which  were  not  contemplated  by  the  Act  of  Con 
gress.  Practically  all  institutions  in  the  United 
States  that  are  interested  in  archaeological  research 
concurred  in  the  objections  to  the  rules  and  joined 
in  requesting  their  revision.  The  request  was 
granted  and  a  joint  committee  of  the  Departments 
of  War,  Interior,  and  Agriculture  reconsidered  the 
rules  in  conference  with  the  committee  represent 
ing  the  scientific  organizations,  accepted  the  re 
commendations  of  this  committee  and  adopted  new 
rules,  which  were  acceptable  to  all  the  institutions. 
The  new  rules  were  approved  and  signed  by  the 
Secretaries  of  War  and  the  Interior.  The  Secre 
tary  of  Agriculture  declined  to  concur  until  further 
investigation  of  conditions  could  be  made  by  him 
self  and  the  officers  of  his  department.  It  is  hoped 
and  believed  that  this  investigation  will  result  in  un 
animity  of  action  with  reference  to  the  prosecution 
of  archaeological  research  on  the  lands  owned  or 
controlled  by  the  Government.  During  the  pre 
sent  year  there  has  been  no  archaeological  work 
whatever  done  on  the  lands  controlled  by  the  De 
partment  of  Agriculture,  namely,  the  national 
forests. 


12  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Owing  to  the  long  delay  occasioned  by  the  con 
ferences  relating  to  the  revision  of  rules  and  re 
gulations,  as  above  stated,  announcememts  of  ex 
peditions  could  not  be  sent  out  until  late  in  May. 
Pursuant  to  the  order  of  your  committee,  the  pri 
vilege  of  joining  the  expeditions  and  participating 
in  the  work  was  extended  to  properly  qualified  stu 
dents.  A  number  availed  themselves  of  the  oppor 
tunity  offered. 

Field  operations  began  in  April  and  continued 
until  October.  The  work  of  the  season  was  con 
fined  to  two  culture  areas.  First,  in  the  ''Mound 
Region"  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  in  which  the 
work  consisted  of  excavations  in  Boone  County, 
Missouri,  and  a  reconnaissance  of  remains  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  that  State.  Second,  in  the 
"Pueblo  Region,"  lying  mainly  in  the  southwestern 
part  of  the  United  States.  In  this  region  expedi 
tions  were  directed  in  southeastern  Utah,  the  Mc- 
Elmo  drainage  on  the  Colorado-Utah  line,  the 
Mesa  Verde  National  Park  in  Colorado,  and  the 
ruins  of  Puye  in  the  northern  part  of  Pajarito 
Park,  New  Mexico. 

The  Research  work  of  the  Utah  Society  was 
made  possible  through  the  generosity  of  its  Presi 
dent,  Colonel  E.  A.  Wall,  who  placed  the  sum  of 
$1000  at  the  disposal  of  the  Executive  Committee, 
to  be  used  in  investigating  the  ancient  ruins  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  the  state.  Dean  Byron 
Cummings  of  the  State  University,  secretary  of 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  13 

the  Utah  Society,  took  personal  charge  of  the  ex 
pedition  and  his  untiring  energy  and  resourceful 
management  made  possible  the  large  amount  of 
work  accomplished.  The  Director  joined  the  ex 
pedition  at  Monticello,  Utah.  The  following  stu 
dents  of  the  University  of  Utah  were  enrolled  for 
participation  in  the  work:  J.  C.  Brown,  Fred  Scran- 
ton,  Joseph  Driggs  and  Neil  Judd.  Attached  to 
the  party  were  also  Messrs.  Frank  Fay  Eddy  and 
Burl  Armstrong  of  Salt  Lake  City. 

The  work  consisted  of  an  examination  of  the  ev 
idences  of  prehistoric  culture  north  of  the  San 
Juan  River  from  Montezuma  Canon  and  its  tribu 
taries  west  of  the  Colorado  River.  The  area  thus 
embraced  forms  the  southern  half  of  the  Abajo  pla 
teau,  and  is  rich  in  prehistoric  remains.  As  this  is 
for  the  most  part  an  unsurveyed  region  that  has 
never  been  accurately  mapped,  a  large  amount  of 
original  topographical  work  and  some  surveying 
were  necessary  in  order  that  archaeological  maps 
might  be  prepared.  The  field  notes  of  the  expedi 
tion  also  comprise  such  an  account  of  the  physiog 
raphy  of  the  region  as  seems  necessary  to  an  under 
standing  of  the  general  character  and  distribution 
of  the  anc  ent  culture. 

The  following  canons  with  their  tributaries  and 
mesas  were  explored  and  mapped,  and  the  archae 
ological  remains  found  therein  investigated  and  de 
scribed:  the  Montezuma,  Recapture,  Cottonwocd, 
Butler,  Comb  Wash,  Grand  Gulch  and  White  Canon. 


14  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

As  the  expedition  proceeded  it  became  evident  that 
the  amount  of  descriptive  work  necessary  to  make 
known  the  archaeological  conditions  of  this  large 
region  would  preclude  the  possibility  of  systematic 
excavations  during  the  present  season.  According 
ly  descriptive  work  was  prosecuted  as  thoroughly 
as  possible,  and  only  test  excavations  undertaken. 
Although  the  making  of  collections  was  only  inci 
dental,  some  collections  of  considerable  value  were 
acquired  for  the  State  University  of  Utah.  Among 
the  results  that  are  new  will  be  the  description  of 
the  cliff  ruins  centering  about  the  natural  bridges 
of  White  Canon.  As  literature  relating  to  the  ar 
chaeology  of  this  little  known  region  is  almost  en 
tirely  wanting,  the  results  of  this  expedition  in  the 
form  of  a  report  on  the  archaeology  of  Southeast 
ern  Utah,  including  topographical  and  archaeologi 
cal  maps  and  plans,  with  photographs  and  descrip 
tions  of  ruins  and  of  collections  representing  the 
arts  and  industries  of  the  ancient  inhabitants,  will 
be  prepared  for  publication, 

The  sum  of  $500  was  raised  by  the  Colorado  So 
ciety  to  defray  the  expense  of  its  two  expeditions. 
These  operations  were  confined  to  two  districts  in 
the  southwestern  part  of  the  state;  namely,  the 
McElmo  drainage  and  the  Mesa  Verde.  Each  of 
these  districts  embraces  ruins  of  striking  char 
acter. 

The  task  of  giving  an  account  of  the  archaeology  of 
a  district  about  six  miles  square,  the  center  of  which 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  15 

is  the  junction  of  the  Yellowjacket  and  McElmo 
Canons,  was  assigned  to  Messrs.  Sylvanus  G.  Mor- 
ley,  A.  V.  Kidder  and  J.  G.  Fletcher,  students  en 
rolled  from  Harvard  University.  The  Director  was 
present  only  at  the  beginning  and  close  of  the 
work. 

This  small  area  is  in  the  heart  of  what  may  be 
called  an  "ethnic  district"  of  the  extensive  sub 
culture  area  embraced  in  the  San  Juan  drainage. 
Throughout  that  area  certain  similarities  in  culture 
prevail,  sufficiently  marked  to  permit  of  a  grouping 
of  all  of  its  subdivisions  into  what  may  be  desig 
nated  "the  San  Juan  culture."  These  subdivisions 
are  primarily  physiographic,  but  in  each,  cultural 
variations  occur,  sufficiently  definite  to  indicate  eth 
nic  differences.  Well  defined  districts  are  the  Cha- 
co  Canon,  Mesa  Verde,  the  McElmo  and  its  tribu 
taries,  and  farther  west  a  group  including  the  Cot- 
tonwood,  Grand  Gulch  and  White  Canon. 

The  close  study  of  a  limited  portion  of  the  Mc 
Elmo  district  proved  instructive.  The  principal 
groups  of  ruins  studied  were  found  in  the  Cannon- 
ball,  Bridge,  Holly  and  Ruin  Canons.  An  impor 
tant  outlying  group  some  miles  to  the  west  on  what 
has  been  named  Putnam  Mesa  was  included  and 
numerous  minor  ruins  received  attention.  The 
present  research  is  the  beginning  of  a  systematic 
study  of  this  district  and  should  be  followed  by  the 
excavation  of  one  or  more  important  sites.  Pre 
vious  studies  here  have  been  in  the  nature  of  re- 


16  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

connaisance  work  only.  The  results  of  the  season's 
investigations,  embodied  in  a  report  by  Messrs. 
Morley  and  Kidder,  will  be  submitted  for  publica 
tion. 

The  second  expedition  of  the  Colorado  Society 
undertook  the  study  of  another  ethnic  district,  the 
Mesa  Verde,  in  Montezuma  County,  Colorado. 
Here  are  found  the  most  remarkable  cliff  dwellings 
known,  and  the  principal  object  of  the  work  was 
to  secure  accurate  and  complete  illustration  and  de 
scription  of  architectural  features.  The  Director 
was  assisted  by  Dr.  A.  J.  Fynn,  of  Denver,  repre 
senting  the  Colorado  Society,  Messrs.  Morley,  Kid 
der  and  Fletcher,  of  Harvard  University,  and  Mr. 
Jesse  Nusbaum,  now  of  the  New  Mexico  Normal 
University,  an  expert  photographer.  The  ruins 
studied  are  found  in  Navajo  and  Ruin  Canons  and 
their  tributaries.  The  ruins  of  first  importance 
that  were  investigated  were  Cliff  Palace,  Spruce 
Tree  House,  Balcony  House  and  Peabody  House. 
Previously  published  ground  plans  of  the  first  two 
by  Nordenskiold  were  found  somewhat  faulty  and 
were  rectified.  Other  buildings  studied  were  Nor 
denskiold  House,  the  Swallows'  Nest,  Red  House 
and  Hemenway  House.  The  errors  of  the  earlier 
topographical  maps  were  corrected  and  the  arch 
aeological  map  of  the  district  perfected  as  far  as 
practicable.  Similar  work  remains  to  be  done  on 
the  western  half  of  the  park  and  the  early  work  of 
Holmes  in  the  Mancos  Canon  should  be  extended. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  17 

In  the  spring  cf  1906,  the  Secretary  of  the  Inte 
rior  requested  that  the  Chief  cf  the  Bureau  of  Amer 
ican  Ethnology  designate  an  archaeologist  to  pro 
ceed  to  the  Mesa  Verde  and  make  an  archaeologi 
cal  survey  and  report  thereon,  the  object  being  to 
determine  the  merits  of  the  measure  then  pending 
in  Congress  for  the  preservation  and  protection  of 
these  ruins  by  establishing  there  a  national  park. 
The  writer,  then  Fellow  of  the  Archaeological  In 
stitute  cf  America,  was  designated  for  the  task. 
The  survey  disclosed  the  fact  that  the  most  im 
portant  ruins  lay  outside  of  the  proposed  bound 
aries  of  the  park  on  the  reservation  of  the 
Southern  Ute  Indians.  In  the  preliminary  re 
port  a  plan  was  suggested  by  which  all  the  ruins 
could  be  included  within  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
park  without  injustice  to  the  Indians.  The  re 
commendation  was  approved  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  and  Congress  took  favorable  action 
upon  the  bill  establishing  the  park.  In  a  final  re 
port  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  on  the  above 
work  it  was  recommended  that  out  of  the  appro 
priations  made  by  Congress,  for  the  improvement 
of  the  park,  $3000  should  be  set  aside  for  the  exca 
vation,  repair,  and  protection  of  the  ruins,  to  be 
done  under  the  direction  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti 
tution,  and,  further,  that  collections  made  on  the 
park  representing  the  material  culture  of  the  an 
cient  inhabitants  be  retained  there  for  the  develop 
ment  of  a  local  museun.  It  is  learned  that  the  first 
2 


18  SCHOOL  OF   AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

recommendation  is  in  accord  with  the  policy  of  the 
Interior  Department  and  that  the  work  of  excava 
tion  and  repair  will  begin  in  the  spring  of  1908  un 
der  the  direction  of  Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes.  The 
work  done  by  the  Institute  up  to  date  will  consti 
tute  a  proper  introduction  to  the  extensive  opera 
tions  planned  by  the  government.  Should  the  re 
commendation  with  reference  to  the  development  of 
a  local  museum  also  be  acceptable,  there  is  little 
doubt  that  the  Institute,  through  its  Colorado  Soci 
ety,  v/ill  cooperate  in  building  up  a  museum  that 
will  augment  the  educational  value  of  the  park. 

The  Southwest  Society  has  undertaken  a  study  of 
the  archaeology  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley,  a  subcul 
ture  area  of  the  Pueblo  Region  of  equal  rank  with 
the  San  Juan  Valley.  The  sum  of  $600  was  raised 
by  the  Society  for  the  maintenance  of  its  expedition. 

The  preliminary  descriptive  work  on  this  region 
has  been  previously  done,  principally  by  Mr.  Ban- 
del  ier  under  the  auspicies  of  the  Institute,  by  Mr. 
Lummis,  and  by  the  writer  under  the  New  Mexico 
Normal  University  and  later  for  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology.  The  most  definite  ethnic 
district  is  the  Pajarito  Park,  a  plateau  bounded  by 
the  Rio  Grande  on  the  east,  the  Rio  Chama  on  the 
north,  the  Jemez  Mountains  on  the  west,  and  the 
Canada  de  Ccchiti  on  the  south.  The  district  is 
forty  miles  long  and  from  five  to  fifteen  miles  wide. 
Its  alternating  canons  and  mesas  have  been  the 
home  of  a  large  prehistoric  population.  It  embraces 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  19 

many  thousands  of  "excavated  cliff  dwellings/' not 
less  than  forty  ruins  of  ancient  pueblos  containing 
originally  from  one  hundred  to  twelve  hundred 
rooms  each,  and  hundreds  of  ''small  house"  ruins 
of  from  two  to  two  hundred  rooms  each. 

The  work  undertaken  here  was  the  excavation  of 
a  type  ruin  of  the  district,  known  as  Puye,  ten 
miles  west  of  the  Tewa  Indian  village  of  Santa 
Clara.  The  Director  was  assisted  by  Messrs.  Mor- 
ley,  Kidder  and  Fletcher,  of  Harvard  University, 
Mr.  D.  D.  Streeter,  Jr.,  of  Columbia  University, 
Mrs.  J.  E.  Wood,  of  Santa  Fe,  and  Miss  Constance 
Goddard  DuBois,  of  \Vaterbury,  Connecticut.  Fif 
teen  Tewa  Indians,  mostly  from  the  village  of  San 
lldefonso,  were  on  the  pay  roll  as  excavators,  the 
daily  working  force  ranging  from  six  to  twelve. 

This  ruin  forms  a  great  quadrangle  covering 
roughly  an  area  of  two  and  one-half  acres.  The 
buildings  composing  it  were  stone  strctures  resem 
bling  the  terraced  pueblos  of  Taos,  Zuniand  Walpi. 
The  highest  portions  may  have  contained  four  sto 
ries.  The  number  of  rooms  on  the  ground  floor 
was  a  little  short  of  seven  hundred,  the  total  num 
ber  of  rooms  originally  being  from  one  thousand  to 
twelve  hundred.  The  ruin  is  situated  on  the  rim 
of  a  mesa  of  volcanic  tufa  in  the  southern  face  of 
which  are  about  seven  hundred  "excavated  cliff 
dwellings."  One  hundred  and  twenty  rooms  in 
the  "South  House"  were  cleared,  all  debris  re 
moved  and  walls,  floors,  fireplaces,  etc.,  laid  bare, 


20  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

so  that  the  entire  ground  floor  may  be  seen  in  about 
the  same  condition  as  when  occupied.  The  exca 
vations  yielded  3127  museum  specimens,  somewhat 
over  half  being  the  bones  of  birds  and  mammals, 
the  identification  of  which  will  throw  light  upon 
the  food  supply  of  the  people.  Of  articles  repre 
senting  the  material  culture  of  the  inhabitants  be 
tween  1200  and  1300  were  found,  comprising  tools, 
implements  and  utensils  of  stone,  bone  and  wood, 
ceremonial  objects,  pottery,  etc. 

Probably  the  most  important  result  of  the  ex 
cavations  at  Puye  was  the  discovery  of  objects 
pointing  to  relationship  between  the  ancient  pue 
blos  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  and  those  of  north 
ern  Mexico.  The  numerous  specimens  of  pottery 
bearing  glazed  ornament  add  a  wealth  of  evidence, 
corroborating  that  heretofore  presented  by  the 
writer,  that  the  knowledge  of  glazing  must  be  re 
garded  as  a  pre-Spanish  attainment  of  certain 
American  peoples.  In  all  the  investigations  that 
have  been  conducted  in  this  region  not  a  vestige 
of  Caucasian  influence  has  been  discovered.  A  re 
port  on  the  work  at  Puye  will  be  presented  for 
publication  during  the  coming  winter. 

The  field  operations  of  the  St.  Louis  Society  were 
conducted  by  Mr.  Gerard  Fowke.  The  sum  of 
$1500  was  raised  by  the  Society  for  the  maintenance 
of  the  work. 

Mr.  Fowke  began  work  in  April  in  the  vicinity 
of  Hartsburg,  Missouri.  He  had  during  the  pre- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  21 

vious  year  made  extensive  excavations  in  the 
mounds  near  that  place.  The  opening  of  six  more 
mounds  yielded  results  so  similar  to  those  of  the  pre 
vious  year's  excavations  as  to  make  it  seem  impro 
bable  that  further  investigations  there  would  result 
in  additions  to  knowledge  of  that  culture.  He  then 
moved  to  Rocheport,  in  the  extreme  western  corner 
of  Boone  County,  and  examined  one  mound,  find 
ing  a  general  similarity  to  the  culture  further  down 
the  river,  but  noting  certain  minor  variations.  He 
next  examined  the  so-called  "underground  houses" 
near  Kansas  City  and  established  to  his  satisfac 
tion  the  identity  of  these  with  the  stone  vaults  pre 
viously  described  by  him  in  Central  Missouri.  He 
then  visited  the  "Indian  Stone  House,"  near  Lou 
isiana,  in  Pike  County,  but  found  it  to  be  so  far 
demolished  as  to  be  useless  for  study.  His  next 
work  was  the  making  of  a  survey  of  the  "Old 
Fort"  at  "The  Pinnacles,"  in  Saline  County.  This 
is  an  embankment  with  exterior  and  interior  ditches 
surrounding  the  top  of  a  ridge.  In  the  neighbor 
hood  is  a  somewhat  extensive  village  site,  and  Mr. 
Fowke  noted  here  pottery  of  a  different  character 
from  any  other  found  along  the  Missouri  River. 
He  then  went  to  southeastern  Missouri  and  spent 
six  weeks  in  reconnaisance  work  in  three  or  four 
counties  finding  conditions  generally  unfavorable 
for  archaeological  work  both  on  account  of  the  con 
dition  of  the  mounds  and  the  scarcity  of  laborers. 
Mr.  Fowke's  report  on  the  studies  made  by  him  in 
2* 


22  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

the  last  two  years  in  central  Missouri  is  almost 
ready  for  publication. 

In  addition  to  the  work  of  the  five  expeditions 
above  described  a  systematic  attempt  has  been  in 
augurated  in  Colorado  and  Utah,  through  the  stu 
dents  of  the  higher  and  secondary  educational  in 
stitutions,  to  record  all  archaeological  sites  in  those 
States,  with  a  view  to  preparing  State  archaeologi 
cal  maps  at  some  time  in  the  future.  The  value 
of  this  work  cannot  yet  be  determined.  Should 
it  prove  successful  in  the  two  States  named,  the 
plan  will  be  extended  to  other  States. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  obvious  that  the 
amount  of  research  work  possible  to  the  Institute, 
through  its  numerous  Societies,  is  large  and  will 
grow  to  greater  proportions.  It  would  seem  that 
the  most  efficacious  way  of  handling  this  work 
and  keeping  it  on  a  high  plan  of  efficiency  is  that 
already  inaugurated,  namely,  through  cooperation 
with  universities,  thus  bringing  into  the  work  a 
large  number  of  students  already  trained  in  the 
methods  of  scientific  work  and  affording  them  in 
return  for  their  assistance  opportunities  which 
they  might  not  otherwise  have  for  original  research 
in  the  field.  The  fields  occupied  by  the  Institute 
make  a  rare  training  school  for  archaeologists,  and 
students  of  human  culture,  classical  as  well  as 
American,  can  be  much  benefited  by  the  experience 
which  it  affords. 

Pressing  needs  of  the  American  work  are,   first, 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  23 

a  publication  fund,  and  second,  an  Archaeological 
Station  in  the  Southwest  where  a  central  depository 
for  materials  secured  by  the  various  expeditions 
may  be  maintained  which  will  serve  as  a  distribut 
ing  point  for  museum  material.  This  would  enable 
the  Institute  to  render  much  service  in  the  develop 
ment  of  local  museums  for  educational  purposes. 

It  would  seem  that  the  fieldwork  of  the  Institute 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States  is  now  fairly 
well  organized,  and  that  some  attention  should  be 
given  in  the  future  to  the  related  and  higher  cul 
tures  of  Mexico  and  Central  America.  This  could 
be  done  by  the  maintenance  of  excavations  at  some 
important  site  in  Central  America,  and  by  the  es 
tablishment  of  additional  research  fellowships. 
The  Director  would  be  pleased  to  take  steps  looking 
toward  the  inauguration  of  such  excavations  and 
the  endowment  of  such  fellowships  whenever  au 
thorized  by  your  Committee  to  do  so. 

Grateful  acknowledgment  is  made  of  the  cordial 
support  afforded  the  Director  by  the  members  of 
the  Committee  during  this  year  of  formative  activ 
ity.  It  has  been  an  especial  pleasure  to  direct  the 
work  of  the  branch  societies.  Their  officers  have 
been  appreciative.  They  have  been  active  and  de 
voted  to  the  interests  of  the  Institute  and  are  do 
ing  a  work  of  far-reaching  good  in  stimulating  sci 
entific  investigation. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director 

Washington,  D.C.,  November,  1907 


24  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

V. 

Chairman's  Statement 
1908 

To  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 

America: 

GENTLEMEN:  The  Committee  on  American  Ar 
chaeology  has  the  honor  to  report  as  follows: 

On  December  30,  1907,  the  Council  of  the  Insti 
tute  at  Chicago,  Illinois,  adopted  the  following  re 
solution  relative  to  the  establishment  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology: 

1.  The  School  of  American  Archaeology  is  es 
tablished  to  conduct  the  researches  of  the  Institute 
in  the  American  field  and  afford  opportunities  for 
field  work  and  training  to  students  of  archaeology. 

2.  The  School  will  direct  the  exhibitions  of  the 
local  Societies  in  their  respective  fields,   maintain 
archaeological  researches   in  the    various    culture 
areas  of  the  American  Continent,  direct  the  work 
of  Fellows  and  collaborate  with   universities    and 
other  scientific  organizations,  both  home  and  for 
eign,   in  the    advancement    of    archaeological  re 
search. 

3.  The  School  will  afford  to  students  opportuni 
ties  for  field  experience  and  training.     No  courses 
will  be  given  which  duplicate  class  instruction  of 
fered  by  the  universities.     Students  will  be   at- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  25 

tached  to  field  parties  of  the  local  Societies  or  to  the 
other  expeditions  under  the  direction  of  the 
School.  Classes  may  be  formed  to  proceed  to  any 
point  where  important  archaeological  work  is  in 
progress  for  field  sessions. 

4.  The  Committee  on  American  Archaeology,  con 
sisting  of  the  President  and  Secretary  of  the  Insti 
tute  and  seven  other  members  elected  by  the  Coun 
cil,  one  each  year  for  a  term  of  seven  years,  shall 
be  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School ;  and  the 
Director  of  American  Archaeology  appointed  by 
the  Committee  shall  be  its  executive  officer.  The 
Committee  is  authorized  to  maintain  Fellowships, 
archaeological  stations,  publications,  and  the  vari 
ous  lines  of  work  herein  provided  for,  and  to  raise 
funds  for  the  support  of  the  same.  Its  funds  shall 
be  held  by  the  Treasurer  of  the  Institute  and  dis 
bursed  by  him  on  the  order  of  the  Chairman  of  the 
Managing  Committee,  approved  by  the  President 
of  the  Institute. 

Pursuant  to  the  resolution  adopted,  the  Council 
elected  the  following  persons  as  members  of  the 
Managing  Committee  of  the  School: 

Miss  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  214  First  Street,  S.  E., 
Washington,  D.  C.,  Chairman. 

Professor  Franz  Boaz,  Columbia  University,  New 
York  City. 

Mr.  Charles  P.  Bowditch,  28  State  Street,  Boston, 
Mass. 

Professor  Mitchell  Carroll,  George  Washington 
University,  Washington,  D.  C.,  ex  officio. 


26  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Dr.  J.  Walter  Fewkes,  Bureau  of  American  Eth 
nology,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mrs.  John  Hays  Hammond,  Lakewood,  N.  J. 

Professor  Francis  W.  Kelsey,  University  of 
Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  ex  officio. 

Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis,  Public  Library,  Los  An 
geles,  Cal. 

Professor  Frederick  W.  Putnam,  Harvard  Uni 
versity,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

On  December  31,  1907,  the  Committee  on  Amer 
ican  Archaeology  met  and  adopted  certain  rules 
relative  to  the  management  of  its  meetings,  and 
appointed  Edgar  L.  Hewett  Director  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology. 

A  tentative  plan  contemplating  a  system  of  field 
research  in  the  various  culture  areas  of  the  Ameri 
can  Continent,  to  be  carried  forward  through  the 
Affiliated  Societies  of  the  Institute  and  cooperat 
ing  institutions,  was  presented  and  accepted. 

The  Director  was  authorized  to  take  steps  toward 
financing  the  field  work  of  the  coming  season. 

The  services  of  the  Director  were  granted  to  the 
Lecture  Committee  of  the  Institute  for  the  West 
ern  Circuit. 

The  Director  was  given  leave  of  absence  to  visit 
foreign  Schools,  and  to  present  himself  for  the 
final  examinations  for  his  doctor's  degree  at  the 
University  of  Geneva,  Switzerland. 

On  March  1  the  Director  reported  to  the  chair 
man  that  $3500  was  available  for  field  operations 
in  Colorado,  Utah  and  New  Mexico.  Also,  that  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  27 

sum  of  $3000  a  year  had  been  pledged  fo  a  term  of 
five  years  for  field  work  in  Central  America,  which 
might  begin  in  December,  1908. 
In  April  a  bulletin  was  issued  stating: 
"The  following  expeditions  are  announced: 
"1.     In  Colorado. — Excavations  will  be  made  in 
the  Pueblo  and  Cliff  House  ruins  of  the  McElmo 
Canon  in  the   southwestern  part  of    the    State. 
Work  will  begin  June  15.    All  who  are  admitted  to 
this  expedition  will  be  expected  to  meet  at  Holly's 
ranch  on  the  McElmo,  near  the  Colorado-Utah  line, 
(reached  by  stage  from  Cortez,  Colorado,)  on  the 
15th  day  of  June. 

"II.  In  Utah. — Excavations  will  be  made  in  the 
Pueblo  and  Cliff  House  ruins  in  the  Utah  tributa 
ries  of  McElmo  Canon  in  the  southeastern  part  of 
the  State.  Work  will  begin  June  1.  All  persons 
who  are  admitted  to  this  expedition  will  be  expec 
ted  to  meet  at  Holly's  ranch  (see  above)  on  the  1st 
day  of  June. 

"III.  In  New  Mexico. — Excavations  will  be 
made  in  the  Pueblo  and  Cliff  House  ruins  of  Pajar- 
ito  Plateau  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Territory. 
Work  will  begin  August  15.  All  who  are  admitted 
to  this  expedition  will  be  expected  to  meet  at  the 
Palace  Hotel  in  Santa  Fe  at  10  o'clock  A.  M.  on 
the  15th  day  of  August. 

'  'I V.  In  Central  America.  — An  expedition  for  the 
study  of  the  Maya  culture  will  take  the  field  about 
December  1.  Final  announcements  concerning  the 


28  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

admission  of  students  to  this  expedition  and  the 
time  and  place  of  meeting  will  be  made  later." 

The  American  Committee  met  in  Washington, 
July  13,  when  the  Dirctor  reported  that  the  first 
half  of  the  year  had  been  employed  as  follows: 
eight  weeks  in  organizing  and  financing  the  work 
for  the  year,  mainly  in  the  West;  ten  weeks  in 
visiting  the  Schools  of  the  Institute  at  Rome, 
Athens  and  Jerusalem,  studying  excavations  in 
Egypt,  Syria,  and  Greece,  and  observing  the  meth 
ods  and  organization  of  foreign  schools  of 
Archaeology;  eight  weeks  in  finishing  required 
work  for  his  doctor's  degree  in  the  University  of 
Geneva,  Switzerland. 

On  October  1  the  Director  reported  to  the  Chair 
man  that  the  three  expeditions  announced  in  the 
Bulletin  had  been  carried  out,  and  also  reported 
progress  on  the  project  for  work  in  Central  Ameri 
ca.  For  details  of  the  season's  work,  see  the  re 
port  of  the  Director. 

Within  the  past  month  the  Chairman  and  the 
Director  of  American  Archaeology  have  visited 
New  Mexico  and  Colorado  for  the  purpose  of  look 
ing  into  the  respective  merits  of  these  regions, 
having  in  view  the  choice  of  a  permanent  location 
for  the  School  of  American  Archaeology. 

The  American  Fellowship  has  remained  vacant 
during  the  year. 

The  School  of  American  Archaeology  was  founded 
to  be  a  School  of  field  research,  with  two  purposes 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  29 

in  view:(l)To  afford  opportunities  for  the  field 
training  of  students  who  had  already  received 
instruction  in  archaeology,  through  books  and 
lectures  at  the  various  colleges  of  the  country,  and 
(2)  by  pursuing  a  systematic  plan  of  original  re 
search  to  be  able  eventually  to  offer  a  substantial 
contribution  to  the  past  history  of  man  upon  this 
continent,  and  thus  to  do  its  share  in  the  broad 
study  of  humanity  pursued  by  the  Institute. 

The  School  has  only  just  begun,  yet  this,  its  first 
year  of  work,  has  shown  that  its  foundation  was 
timely,  and  while  much  remains  to  be  adjusted  and 
provided  for  in  the  near  future,  the  outlook  is  full 
of  encouragement  to  its  well-wishers 
Respectfully  submitted, 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER,  Chairman 
Washington,  D.  C. 
November  12,  1908 


SO  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

VI 
Report  of  the  Director 

1908 

To  the  Committee  on  American  Archaeology: 

I  have  the  honor  to  submit  herewith  my  second 
annual  report  as  Director  of  American  Archaeo 
logy  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 

The  work  of  the  year  has  been  prosecuted  in 
accordance  with  the  plan  approved  by  your  com 
mittee  at  the  meeting  in  Chicago,  December  31, 
1907.  This  was  an  extension  of  the  fundamental 
plan  for  the  American  work  adopted  by  the  Insti 
tute  at  the  meeting  in  Washington  in  1906.  It  in 
volved,  in  addition  to  the  direction  of  the  field  ex 
peditions  of  the  branch  Societies,  the  initial  oper 
ations  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology,  of 
which  the  act  of  the  Council  of  December  30,  1907, 
makes  the  Director  of  American  Archaeology  ex 
officio  Director. 

In  the  inauguration  of  the  institution  of  research 
established  by  this  act,  many  new  and  interesting 
problems  have  arisen.  These  have  been  consid 
ered  at  length  with  the  Chairman  and  more  or  less 
with  the  individual  members  of  the  Committee. 
The  organization  and  work  of  the  other  three 
Schools  of  the  Institute  have  been  studied,  and  light 
has  been  sought  in  the  experience  and  methods  of 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  31 

all  the  Schools  of  Archaeology  maintained  by  the 
European  nations.  This  has  been  an  inestimable 
aid  in  shaping  the  policy  of  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology. 

In  the  question  of  broad  scientific  policy,  the  Di 
rector  has  had  no  choice  but  to  execute  the  will  of 
the  Council.  The  aim  and  scope  of  the  School  are 
defined  in  the  fundamental  articles  which  represent 
the  collective  judgment  of  the  organization.  In 
questions  relating  to  the  organization  and  conduct 
of  expeditions,  equipment,  the  management  of 
camps,  the  direction  of  men,  the  technical  work  of 
excavating,  there  are  no  formidable  problems  that 
are  peculiar  to  American  archaeology.  It  has  been 
the  privilege  of  the  Director  during  the  past  five 
years  to  observe,  on  the  ground,  the  principal  ex 
cavations  in  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Italy, 
Greece,  Egypt,  and  Syria,  and  the  similarity  every 
where  presented  in  these  practical  problems  has 
been  most  striking.  The  questions  that  are  new 
to  our  organization  are:  the  selection  of  the  centers 
of  investigation  that  are  of  primary  importance, 
the  continent  as  a  whole  being  considered;  the  di 
rection  of  the  work  of  branch  Societies  so  as  to 
produce  satisfactory  scientific  results;  the  organi 
zation  of  a  system  of  cooperation  between  existing 
institutions  which  seems  to  be  of  vital  importance 
here  because  of  the  vast  extent  of  the  field  to  be 
investigated;  the  establishment  of  relations  with 
the  educational  and  scientific  forces  of  the  States 


32  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

that  will  make  for  the  general  advancement  of  ar 
chaeological  research. 

In  matters  relating  to  the  development  of  the 
work  of  students,  the  financing  of  operations,  the 
development  of  capable  assistants  so  as  to  insure 
continuity  of  work  during  a  considerable  period  of 
time,  the  preparation  and  publication  of  results, 
we  have  no  greater  difficulties  to  meet  than  those 
which  confront  all  organizations  that  deal  with  sim 
ilar  questions. 

It  can  only  be  said  at  present  that  some  progress 
has  been  made  toward  the  solution  of  some  of  the 
problems  of  the  organization. 

The  field  operations  announced  in  Bulletin  No.  1, 
April,  1908,  were  carried  out  as  planned.  The 
work  for  the  year  in  Colorado  consisted  in  the  ex 
cavation  of  the  Southern  Pueblo  in  the  Cannonball 
group  of  ruins  in  the  McElmo  drainage.  The  plans 
for  the  excavation  of  this  ruin  were  prepared  dur 
ing  the  field  season  of  1907,  and  much  of  the  success 
of  the  expedition  is  due  to  field  assistant  Sylvanus 
G.  Morley,  aided  in  the  business  management  by 
Dr.  A.  J.  Fynn,  representing  the  Colorado  Society. 

This  ruin  was  completely  excavated  and  studied 
and  all  the  material  remains  of  the  ancient  inhab 
itants  recovered.  It  is  a  good  specimen  of  the  ruins 
of  the  McElmo  district,  the  first  of  its  type  to  be 
thorougly  and  scientifically  excavated,  and  the  se 
cond  ruin  in  the  State  of  Colorado  to  be  so  treated. 
The  State  University  and  State  Historical  Society 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  33 

of  Colorado  cooperated  with  the  School  in  this   ex 
pedition. 

Beside  this  excavation,  the  general  work  on  the 
archaeology  of  southwestern  Colorado,  commenced 
in  1906,  was  considerably  advanced.  The  photo 
graphic  record  of  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park 
was  pushed  well  toward  completion.  The  archaeo 
logical  map  of  the  Park  is  almost  finished.  The 
archaeological  map  of  the  McElmo  district  was  ex 
tended  and  the  photographic  work  on  this  district 
carried  forward. 

In  Utah  the  work  consisted  of  the  excavation  of 
burial  places  and  a  portion  of  the  main  pueblo  at 
Cave  Spring  in  the  Montezuma  drainage  on  the 
southeastern  slope  of  the  Abajo  plateau.  As  in 
1907,  the  management  of  the  Utah  expedition  was 
in  the  hands  of  Dean  Byron  Cummings  of  the  State 
University,  and  field  assistant  A.  V.  Kidder  ren 
dered  efficient  service  in  the  scientific  study  of  the 
site.  To  them  is  due  the  credit  for  the  profitable 
season's  work.  This  was  the  first  ruin  in  that  dis 
trict  to  be  scientifically  excavated,  and  the  results 
are  very  satisfactory.  It  appears  to  have  been  a 
large  and  important  town. 

In  addition  to  this  excavation,  substantial  addi 
tions  were  made  to  the  archaeological  map  of  south 
eastern  Utah,  especially  in  the  Montezuma  drain 
age,  and  in  the  region  between  the  San  Juan  River 
and  the  Utah-Arizona  line. 
3 


34  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Of  the  New  Mexico  expedition  the  Director  was 
in  personal  charge  during  the  entire  season.  The 
site  chosen  for  study  was  the  canon  of  the  Rito  de 
los  Frijoles,  a  tributary  of  the  Rio  Grande  in  the 
Pajarito  plateau,  twenty  miles  northwest  of  Santa 
Fe.  This  site  was  selected  and  the  work  planned 
in  1907.  It  proves  to  be  of  unexpected  interest  and 
magnitude.  The  work  of  the  present  season  is 
only  a  beginning.  Several  years  will  be  required 
to  lay  bare  the  archaeological  remains  at  this  site. 
The  work  at  this  season  consisted  of  the  determi 
nation  of  the  character  and  extent  of  the  ruins  in 
the  canon;  the  preparation  of  topographical  and 
archaeological  maps,  plans,  etc. ;  the  photographic 
record  of  the  remains  now  visible;  the  excavation 
of  43  rooms  in  the  great  community  house  of  Tyu- 
onyi  and  about  60  in  outlying  ruins;  the  excavation 
of  two  great  kivas  or  sanctuaries,  one  of  these  be 
ing  the  largest  ever  discovered;  the  study  of  the 
language  and  myths  of  the  Tewa  Indians,  and  the 
restoration  of  one  excavated  cliff  dwelling  to  its 
original  condition.  For  this  purpose  a  typical  well 
preserved  dwelling  was  selected,  made  accessible 
by  means  of  a  ladder,  and  the  appurtenances  of  its 
former  domestic  life  restored  to  their  proper  places. 
It  is  now  possible  for  the  first  time  for  travelers  to 
see  in  the  great  cliff  dwelling  region  of  the  United 
States  a  house  with  its  ancient  furnishings  in  place 
and  the  manner  of  life  that  existed  there  made 
clear.  It  is  the  belief  of  the  Director  that  the  edu- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  36 

cational  value  of  our  American  ruins  can  be  vastly 
increased  by  an  extensive  use  of  this  idea.  It  is 
the  beginning  of  the  field  museum  in  our  country. 

In  the  New  Mexico  expedition  the  School  had 
the  cooperation  of  Peabody  Museum  of  Harvard 
University,  the  Santa  Fe  Archaeological  Society, 
and  the  Southwest  Society.  Besides  the  work  done 
iu  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  the  study  commenced 
by  the  Southwest  Society  in  1907  of  the  Puye  and 
adjacent  region  was  carried  forward  and  some  ad 
ditions  to  our  knowledge  of  that  group  are  still  be 
ing  made  through  the  reports  of  local  investigators. 

The  excellent  photographs  that  will  accompany 
the  reports  on  the  expeditions  in  Colorado,  Utah, 
and  New  Mexico  are  the  work  of  the  photographer 
for  the  School,  Mr.  Jesse  Nusbaum,  teacher  of  man 
ual  training  in  the  New  Mexico  Normal  University, 
who  spent  some  time  at  every  site  studied  and  ren 
dered  valuable  services  in  other  lines  of  work  as 
well. 

In  the  New  Mexico  expedition,  Mr.  Kenneth  M. 
Chapman,  to  whose  skill  with  pencil  and  brush  the 
Southwest,  and  the  writer  in  a  very  special  way, 
has  long  been  indebted,  was  engaged  during  the 
entire  campaign.  His  exceptional  ability  as  an  il 
lustrator  was  at  our  disposal  at  all  times.  The 
value  of  his  services  to  the  School  will  be  obvious 
on  examination  of  the  maps,  plans,  sketches,  and 
water  colors  illustrating  the  work  at  the  Rito  de  los 
Frijoles. 


36  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

A  noteworthy  advance  over  the  work  of  1907  in 
New  Mexico  was  made  by  the  assignment  of  Mr. 
John  Harrington  of  California,  to  the  study  of  the 
language  of  the  Tewa  Indians.  As  the  villages  of 
this  stock  occupy  the  country  immediately  adjacent 
to  that  of  the  ancient  cultures  that  we  are  studying 
and  these  Indians  are  the  successors  to  and  in  some 
measure  blood  descendants  of  the  ancient  people  of 
this  plateau,  the  value  of  their  myths,  traditions, 
folklore,  and  ceremonies  is  inestimable.  A  sub 
stantial  beginning  was  made  in  the  study  of  their 
language  and  considerable  additions  made  to  our 
knowledge  of  their  myths. 

The  following  persons  were  attached  to  the  vari 
ous  expeditions  of  the  School  during  the  year  1908: 

K.  M.  Chapman,  Byron  Cummings,  Hugo  De- 
Fritsch,  R.  B.  Dixon,  A.  J.  Fynn,  John  Harring 
ton,  Neill  Judd,  A.  V.  Kidder,  Clifton  Lockhart, 
Warner  McLaughlin,  Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  J.  H. 
Morley,  Jesse  Nusbaum,  L.  C.  Parsons,  Paul  Stan- 
wood,  Alfred  W.  Tozzer,  B.  A.  Tozzer. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  report  the  healthy  activity  of 
the  Western  Societies  of  the  Institute  in  field  work. 
No  less  important  is  the  museum  development 
which  must  of  necessity  accompany  this  activity. 
A  glance  at  the  report  of  the  Southwest  Society 
shows  it  to  have  already  a  museum  containing  col 
lections  valued  at  $84,000  and  a  building  site  val 
ued  at  $50,000  on  which  $38,000  has  been  paid.  If 
the  activity  manifested  in  this  enterprise  by  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          37 

people  of  Los  Angeles  during  the  past  five  years 
continues  unabated,  we  may  expect  to  see  there 
within  a  few  years  one  of  the  greatest  American 
museums.  The  archaeological  collections  of  the 
State  Universities  of  Colorado  and  Utah  and  of  the 
Historical  and  Archaeological  Societies  of  Colorado 
and  New  Mexico  are  not  yet  extensive,  but  each  of 
these  Institutions  has  made  an  excellent  beginning. 

The  entrance  of  the  Western  States  through 
these  local  institutions  into  active  field  work  in 
archaeology  is  a  noteworthy  step.  Nearly  all  the 
ancient  ruins  of  the  Southwest  have  been  more  or 
less  dug  over  and  only  a  very  small  per  cent  of 
the  material  therefrom  has  found  its  way  into 
reputable  public  museums  accompanied  by  the  nec 
essary  data  to  give  it  scientific  value.  These  States 
now  join  actively  in  the  work  of  excavating  and 
preserving  their  ancient  ruins  and  saving  the 
collections  therefrom  for  installation  in  their  own 
museums.  There  can  be  no  question  of  the  wisdom 
of  this  policy.  Cultural  material  is  nowhere  else 
so  instructive  as  in  conjunction  with  the  buildings 
and  in  the  environment  where  it  was  produced. 
Therefore  the  field  museum  should  be  developed 
wherever  it  can  have  proper  custodianship.  A 
cliff  house  in  such  a  place  as  the  Rito  de  los  Frijo- 
les  or  the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  at  once  furn 
ishes  a  fire-proof  dwelling  which  can  be  made  inac 
cessible  at  will  and  affords  an  opportunity  to  display 
material  in  exactly  the  condition  in  which  it  was 

3* 


38,          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

used.  Such  museums  should,  of  course,  be  devel 
oped  only  in  places  which,  like  those  mentioned, 
are  visited  by  many  travellers  and  can  be  placed 
in  proper  custodianship. 

The  question  of  the  wise  use  of  museum  materi 
al,  so  as  to  make  it  serve  the  greatest  good  of  the 
greatest  number,  is  one  that  demands  consideration. 
It  would  seem  that  a  system  of  cooperation  might 
be  established  between  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology  with  its  affiliated  institutions  on  the 
one  hand  and  the  great  museums  of  the  country  on 
the  other,  whereby  type  collections  from  districts 
studied  could  be  furnished  to  the  larger  museums, 
in  exchange  for  which  contributions  of  material, 
such  as  every  large  museum  has  stored  out  of  sight, 
could  be  made  to  the  smaller,  local  museums  and 
there  displayed  for  the  benefit  of  the  public. 
It  might  be  possible  to  devise  a  system  of  this  kind 
that  would  result  in  great  mutual  advantage  to  all 
concerned. 

The  publication  of  results  of  the  American  work 
will  begin  at  once.  A  number  of  preliminary  pa 
pers  by  the  Director  will  appear  during  the  present 
winter,  also  short  papers  on  the  work  intrusted  to 
them  by  Messrs.  Morley,  Kidder,  and  Harrington. 
A  report  on  the  Antiquities  of  Central  Missouri  by 
Gerard  Fowke,  embodying  the  results  of  his  two 
years'  work  under  the  auspices  of  the  St.  Louis  So 
ciety  is  nearly  ready  for  the  press.  A  monographic 
report  on  the  Antiquities  of  Southwestern  Colorado, 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  39 

material  for  which  is  largely  in  hand,   should  be 
published  at  an  early  date. 

The  activities  of  the  Institute  in  American  Ar 
chaeology  for  1909  will  open  with  what  promises  to 
be  the  most  important  work  that  it  has  yet  under 
taken  in  this  field;  namely,  an  expedition  for  the 
excavation  of  ruins  in  Central  America.  Provision 
has  been  made  for  the  prosecution  of  this  work  for 
a  period  of  five  years.  Two  members  of  the  Insti 
tute  each  contribute  annually  the  sum  of  $1500  for 
the  support  of  the  expedition,  while  the  Institute 
furnishes  the  services  of  the  Director  and  the  Cen 
tral  American  Fellow  as  Assistant. 

A  bulletin  will  appear  in  February  announcing 
the  various  undertakings  for  1909.  For  the  field 
operations  of  the  School  in  1908,  the  following  sums 
were  contributed  and  expended  under  the  super 
vision  of  the  Director: 
For  the  Utah  Expedition: 

Col.  E.  A.  Wall $1,000 

For  the  Colorado  Expedition: 

The  Colorado  State  University 500 

The  Colorado  State  Historical  Society. .        500 

Individual  Subscriptions 250 

For  the  New  Mexico  Expedition: 
Peabody  Museum,  Harvard  University . .      500 
The  New  Mexico  Archaeological  Society      500 
Individual  Subscriptions .  250 

$3,500 
Respectfully  submitted, 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director 
Washington,  D.  C.,  November  1,  1908 


40  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

VII. 

Chairman's  Statement 
1909 

To  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 
America: 

GENTLEMEN:  Since  the  last  meeting  of  the  Coun 
cil  the  School  of  American  Archaeology  has  been 
permanently  located  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico;  it 
seems  fitting  therefore  to  present  a  brief  account 
of  the  inception  and  development  of  the  School  up 
to  the  present  time. 

In  1905  attention  was  directed  toward  the  Amer- 
iccan  field  through  efforts  to  secure  legislation  to 
protect  from  spoilation  the  ruins  of  the  Southwest. 
In  these  efforts  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 
America  took  an  active  part.  Such  a  law  had  been 
urged  upon  Congress  for  more  than  ten  years,  but 
previously  no  concerted  action  by  institutions  had 
been  brought  about.  The  result  of  these  efforts 
was  the  passage  of  the  "Lacey  Bill,"  an  Act  for 
the  Preservation  of  American  Antiquities  (pub 
lished  in  the  American  Journal  of  Archaeology,  Vol. 
X,  1906,  pp.  175,  176). 

An  increasing  interest  in  American  Archaeology 
among  affiliated  Societies  of  the  Institute  led  Pres 
ident  Seymour,  at  the  Ithaca  meeting  in  1905,  to 
cooperate  actively  with  the  Committee  on  American 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  41 

Archaeology  in  organizing  the  work  in  the  Ameri 
can  field.  At  the  meeting  of  the  Institute  held  in 
Washington  in  1906,  it  was  proposed  that  all  the 
work  in  the  American  field  be  placed  under  an  offi 
cial,  to  be  known  as  the  Director  of  American  Ar 
chaeology,  and  that  a  School  should  be  founded  as 
soon  as  possible.  The  plan  was  adopted  by  the 
Committee  and  ratified  by  the  Council  of  the  Insti 
tute,  and  Edgar  L.  Hewett  was  elected  Director  of 
American  Archaeology.  The  details  of  the  field 
operations  during  the  summer  of  1907  are  given  in 
the  report  of  the  Director  published  in  the  Supple 
ment  to  Volume  XI,  American  Journal  of  Archae 
ology  (1907),  p.  51. 

The  next  step  was  taken  at  the  Chicago  meeting 
of  the  Institute,  when,  on  December  30,  1907,  the 
Council  passed  a  resolution  establishing  '  'The  School 
of  American  Archaeology."  By  the  same  act  the 
Committee  on  American  Archaeology  was  made  the 
Managing  Committee  of  the  School  (Supplement  to 
Volume  XII,  1908,  p.  44).  The  field  operations 
during  the  season  of  1908  wrere  reported  by  the  Di 
rector  (Supplement  to  Volume  XII,  1908,  p.  48). 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Managing  Committee  held 
at  Cambridge,  Mass.,  November  14,  1908,  it  was 
voted  to  accept  the  tentative  proposition  from  the 
Archaeological  Society  of  New  Mexico  to  locate  the 
School  in  Santa  Fe,  provided  that  certain  stipula 
tions  should  be  complied  with. 

At  the  meeting  of  the  Council  of  the  Institute 


42  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

in  Toronto,  December  31,1908,  the  following  revision 
of  the  Act  of  1907,  by  which  the  School  of  Ameri 
can  Archaeology  was  established,  was  adopted: 

1.  "The  School  of  American  Archaeology  is  es 
tablished  to  conduct  the  researches  of  the  Institute 
in  the  American  field,  and  to  afford  opportunities 
for  field  work  and  training  to  students  of  archae 
ology. 

2.  "The  School  will  direct  the  expeditions  of  the 
local  Societies  in  their  respective  fields,  maintain 
archaeological  researches  in  the  various  culture- 
areas  of  the  American  continent,  direct  the  work  of 
Fellows,  and  collaborate  with  universities  and  other 
scientific  organizations,  both  home  and  foreign,  in 
the  advancement  of  archaeological  research. 

3.  "The   Committee  heretofore  known  as  the 
Committee  on  American  Archaeology,   with  addi 
tional  members  as  hereinafter  provided  for,  shall 
become  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School. 
The  Committee  shall  consist  of  twenty-eight  elec 
tive  members  and  the  following  ex  officio  members: 
The  President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer  of  the  In 
stitute,  the  Chairmen  of  the  Managing  Committees 
of  the  American  Schools  in  Athens,  Rome,  and  Pal 
estine,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Me 
diaeval  and  Renaissance  Studies.    The  Committee 
shall  have  power,  with  the  ratification  of  the  Coun 
cil,  to  elect  its  own  members  and  to  fill  all  vacancies 
in  its  membership.      The  term  of  office  shall  be 
four  years,  and  the  terms  of  not  more  than  seven 
members  shall  expire  in  any  one  year.    There  shall 
be  an  Executive  Committee  consisting  of  the  Chair 
man,   Secretary,  and  Treasurer  of  the  Managing 
Committee,  the  President  of  the  Institute,  and  five 
elective  members.     The  Committee  shall   appoint 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          43 

the  Director  of  American  Archaeology,  who  shall 
be  its  Executive  Officer  and  Director  of  the  School. 
The  Committee  is  authorized  to  maintain  Fellow 
ships,  archaeological  stations,  publications  and  the 
various  lines  of  work  herein  provided  for,  and  to 
raise  funds  for  the  support  of  the  same.  Its  funds 
shall  be  held  by  the  Treasurer  of  the  Institute,  and 
disbursed  by  him  on  the  order  of  the  Chairman  of 
the  Managing  Committee,  approved  by  the  Presi- 
ident  of  the  Institute." 

On  February  19  the  Legislature  of  New  Mexico 
passed  the  following  Act,  which  practically  com 
plied  with  the  stipulations  contained  in  the  com 
munications  sent  by  the  Managing  Committee  to 
the  Archaeological  Society  of  New  Mexico. 

AMENDED  HOUSE  BILL  No.  100 

An  Act,  Entitled  '  'An  Act  to  Establish  a  Museum 

for  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  and 

for  Other  Purposes" 

WHEREAS,  The  Archaeological  Institute  of  Ameri 
ca,  located  in  the  City  of  Washington,  D.  C. ,  a  cor 
poration  organized  and  existing  under  and  by 
virtue  of  an  act  of  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States,  has  by  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  Council 
of  the  said  Institute  on  the  31st  day  of  December, 
1908,  made  a  proposition  to  the  Territory  of  New 
Mexico,  for  the  location  of  its  School  of  American 
Archaeology  in  Santa  Fe,  which  proposition  is 
filed  with  the  Secretary  of  New  Mexico,  and  upon 
the  performance  of  the  conditions  thereof  by  the 
Archaeological  Institute  of  America  all  of  the 
provisions  of  this  Act  are  based:  And 

WHEREAS,  the  said  Territory  of  New  Mexico  is 
desirous  of  accepting  the  proposition  made  by 


.44  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

said  Institute  and  availing  itself  of  the  benefits  to 
said  Territory  arising  therefrom:    Therefore 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Legislative  Assembly  of 
the  Territory  of  New  Mexico: 

Section  1.  There  is  hereby  established  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico;  which  shall  be  located  at 
the  City  of  Santa  Fe,  and  which  shall  be  under 
the  management  and  control  of  a  board  of  regents 
of  six  members  to  be  appointed  as  hereinafter 
provided. 

Sec.  2.  The  building  known  as  the  Old  Palace 
in  Santa  Fe,  and  the  grounds  appertaining  thereto- 
bounded  as  follows:  On  the  south  by  Palace  Ave 
nue:  on  the  east  by  Washington  Avenue:  on  the 
north  by  lands  of  the  territory  on  which  is  now 
being  constructed  the  Armory  Building  and  the 
lands  of  the  Santa  Fe  Lodge  No.  460,  B.  P.  0.  E. 
of  Santa  Fe,  and  on  the  west  by  Lincoln  Avenue, 
together  with  all  buildings  and  improvements 
thereupon  situate  and  all  lands  or  other  property 
that  may  be  acquired  for  museum  purposes  at  any 
time  in  the  future,  are  hereby  placed  under  the 
control  of  the  Board  of  Regents  herein  created 
for  the  use  of  the  Museum  herein  established,  and 
for  other  purposes  as  herein  specified. 

Sec.  3.  The  Board  of  Regents  shall  grant,  free 
of  rent,  to  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America, 
the  use  of  the  property  herein  described,  for  the 
seat  of  its  School  and  Museum  of  American  Arch 
aeology,  which  museum  shall  be  the  museum  of 
New  Mexico:  Provided,  That  the  rooms  in  the 
£ast  end  of  the  building  which  are  now  occupied 
by  the  Historical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  shall  be 
reserved  for  the  use  of  said  society,  free  of  rent, 
so  long  as  the  same  is  conducted  in  harmony  with 
the  management  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  45 

herein  established,  and  for  free  public  use;  "The 
facts  of  which  shall  be  judged  of  by  the  Territori 
al  Legislature." 

Sec.  4.  The  Board  of  Regents  shall  be  constitu 
ted  as  follows:  The  Governor  of  New  Mexico  is 
hereby  authorized  to  nominate,  and  by  and  with 
the  advice  and  the  consent  of  the  council,  appoint 
one  reputable  citizen  of  New  Mexico,  and  three 
members  of  the  managing  committee  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology,  who  shall  be  designated 
to  him  by  its  chairman.  The  Governor  of  New 
Mexico  and  the  President  of  the  New  Mexico 
Archaeological  Society  shall  be  ex-officio  members 
of  said  Board  of  Regents,  with  full  powers  of 
membership.  No  member  of  said  Board  of  Regents 
shall  receive  any  salary  or  compensation,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  from  the  Territory  of  New 
Mexico,  for  any  services  performed  as  members 
of  said  Board  of  Regents,  and  each  member  of 
said  board  shall  after  his  appointment  as  afore 
said,  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  before  a  quali 
fied  notary  public  having  a  seal,  for  the  faith 
ful  performance  of  his  duties  as  such,  which 
oath  of  office  shall  be  filed  with  the  Secretary 
of  New  Mexico.  Said  Board  of  Regents  shall 
assemble  at  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico  within  ninety 
days  after  the  passage  of  this  act,  and  organize  by 
the  election  of  one  of  its  members  as  President, 
and  one  of  its  members  as  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
The  Secretary  and  Treasurer  shall  be  a  resident  of 
New  Mexico,  and  shall  execute  good  and  sufficient 
bond  in  the  sum  of  not  less  than  five  thousand 
dollars  to  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  to  be  ap 
proved  by  the  Secretary  of  New  Mexico,  and  by 
him  deposited  for  safe  keeping,  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  his  duties  as  Secretary  and  Treas- 


46  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

urer  as  aforesaid,  and  for  the  proper  accounting 
for  all  funds  received  by  him  from  any  source 
whatsoever  in  his  official  capacity.  At  the  annu 
al  meeting  of  said  Board  of  Regents,  the  accounts 
of  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer  shall  be  audited, 
and  all  valid  accounts  approved.  Four  members 
of  the  Board  of  Regents  shall  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business,  but  a  less  number 
may  adjourn  from  time  to  time.  Said  board  shall 
provide  proper  rules  and  regulations  for  its  own  gov 
ernment.  The  appointed  members  of  said  board 
shall  hold  office  for  a  term  of  four  years,  and  un 
til  their  successors  are  appointed  and  qualified.  In 
case  of  any  vacancy  in  said  board,  the  Governor  is 
hereby  authorized  to  fill  such  vacancy  in  the  same 
manner  as  provided  for  in  this  act,  as  to  resident 
or  non-resident  appointive  members. 

Sec.  5.  The  Board  of  Regents  shall  accept  the 
services  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology  as  director  of  the  museum  of  New 
Mexico,  but  said  director  shall  receive  no  salary 
from  funds  appropriated  by  New  Mexico. 

Sec.  6.  The  Board  of  Regents  is  authorized 
to  equip  the  Old  Palace  with  heating  plant,  elec 
tric  light  and  plumbing,  out  of  funds  to  be  appro 
priated  for  that  purpose  by  the  Territory  of  New 
Mexico,  in  a  sum  not  to  exceed  three  thousand 
dollars. 

Sec.  7.  The  Board  of  Regents  is  directed  that 
all  alterations,  extensions  and  additions  to  the 
main  Palace  building  shall  be  made  so  as  to  keep 
it  in  external  appearance  as  nearly  as  possible  in 
harmony  with  the  Spanish  architecture  of  the  pe 
riod  of  its  construction,  and  preserve  it  as  a 
monument  to  the  Spanish  founders  of  the  civili 
zation  of  the  Southwest. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  47 

Sec.  8.  There  is  hereby  provided  an  annual  ap 
propriation  of  five  thousand  dollars,  or  so  much 
thereof  as  may  be  required  to  be  used  for  the  care 
and  improvement  of  the  building,  grounds  and  mu 
seum,  the  obtaining  of  collections,  books  and  equip 
ment  for  the  museum,  the  excavation  and  study  of 
ancient  ruins  for  the  benefit  of  the  museum,  the 
preservation  of  archeological  sites  in  New  Mexico, 
the  publication  of  investigations  in  New  Mexico,  and 
for  incidental  expenses  necessary  to  the  adminis 
tration  of  the  museum:  Said  appropriation  to  be 
available  each  year  as  follows:  Twenty-five  hundred 
dollars  on  the  30th  day  of  June,  and  twenty-five 
hundred  dollars  on  the  31st  day  of  December,  and 
the  auditor  of  public  accounts  of  New  Mexico  is 
hereby  directed  to  make  a  sufficient  levy  on  all  pro 
perty  subject  to  taxation  in  New  Mexico  each  year, 
to  realize  the  sum  provided  herein,  and  to  direct 
the  several  collectors  of  taxes  to  collect  the  same  at 
the  same  time  and  in  the  same  manner  as  other 
taxes  are  collected,  and  when  the  same  shall  be 
paid  over  to  the  territorial  treasurer,  he  shall  de 
posit  the  same  in  a  separate  account  to  be  kept  by 
him  to  be  known  as  "The  Museum  of  New  Mexico 
Fund,"  and  the  said  auditor  of  public  accounts 
shall  draw  his  warrants  on  such  funds  when  avail 
able  on  vouchers  properly  signed  by  the  secretary 
and  treasurer  of  the  said  Board  of  Regents  and  the 
treasurer  shall  pay  the  same  on  presentation  there 
of  to  him. 

Sec.  9.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Museum 
of  New  Mexico  provided  for  by  this  Act  shall  make 
annually  on  or  before  the  fifteenth  day  of  January 
to  the  Governor  of  New  Mexico  a  detailed  report  of 
all  of  its  acts,  transactions,  receipts  and  disburse 
ments  for  the  calendar  year  immediately  preceding 


48  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

such  report,  which  said  report  shall  be  transmitted 
to  the  first  session  of  the  Legislative  Assembly 
held  after  he  shall  have  received  the  same  for  the 
consideration  and  the  action  of  the  Legislature 
thereon.  "The  Museum  of  New  Mexico  hereby 
established  and  all  of  its  property  of  every  kind  and 
description  shall  be  and  remain  the  exclusive  pro 
perty  of  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  and  any  fu 
ture  legislature  shall  have  the  right  to  amend,  al 
ter  or  repeal  this  act  in  whole  or  in  part." 

Sec.  10.  This  act  shall  be  in  force  and  effect 
from  and  after  its  passage  and  all  acts  and  parts  of 
acts  in  conflict  with  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
act  are  hereby  repealed  and  nothing  in  this  act 
shall  be  construed  in  any  way  to  interfere  with  the 
museums  of  the  territorial  institutions. 

(Signed)        E.  A.  MIERA, 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
E.  H.  SALAZAR, 

Chief  Clerk  of  the  House  of  Representatives 

CHAS.  A.  SPIESS, 
President  of  the  Council 
WM.  F.  BROGAN, 

Chief  Clerk  of  the  Council 

Approved  February  19th,  1909 

NATHAN  JAFFA, 
Acting  Governor  for  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico 

Filed  in  Office  of  Secretary  of  New  Mexico,  Feb 
ruary  19,  1909,  4  P.  M. 

NATHAN  JAFFA, 
Secretary 

At  a  meeting  held  in  February,  the  Executive 
Committee  nominated  for  appointment  by  the  Gov 
ernor  of  New  Mexico,  Dr.  R.  W.  Corwin,  Hon. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  49 

Frank  Springer,  and  Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis,  to 
act  as  Regents  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico. 
These  nominations  were  confirmed  and  the  Board 
of  Regents  met  for  organization  in  April.  The 
Regents  of  the  Museum  held  their  first  annual 
meeting  in  August  at  Puye  Ruins,  where  excava 
tions  by  the  School  were  in  progress.  The  Chair 
man  spent  a  part  of  August  and  September  in 
Santa  Fe,  and  also  visited  the  excavations. 

The  staff  of  the  Museum  and  School  is  at  present 
composed  as  follows: 

Dr.  Edgar  L.  Hewett,  Director;  Adolph  F. 
Bandelier,  Documentary  History;  Byron  Cummings, 
(Honorary),  Excavations  in  Utah  and  Arizona; 
Kenneth  M.  Chapman,  Secretary  and  Illustrating 
Department;  Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Archaeology  of 
Central  America;  John  P.  Harrington,  Ethnology; 
Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  Architectural  Reconstruction 
and  Photography;  Carl  Lotave,  Artist. 

The  field  work  of  the  School  during  the  present 
season  and  the  various  archaeological  activities  of 
the  Affiliated  Societies  are  given  in  the  report  of 
the  Director  of  American  Archaeology  and  of  the 
School,  herewith  presented. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER,   Chairman 


50  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

VIII. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1909 

To  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology: 

Attention  has  been  given  during  the  past  year  to 
a  clearer  analysis  of  the  nature  of  the  work  to  be 
done  by  the  School  of  American  Archaeology  and 
to  the  development  of  a  permanent  plan  for  the 
prosecution  of  this  work. 

NATURE  OF  THE  WORK 

It  has  seemed  necessary  to  the  successful  study 
of  the  ancient  peoples  of  America  that  provision  be 
made  for  the  investigation  not  only  of  the  archae 
ology  of  the  important  culture  centers,  but  of 
historical  and  ethnological  sources  that  might  con 
tribute  light  to  the  subject.  No  reconstruction 
and  no  interpretation  of  the  order  of  civilization 
existing  in  America  before  the  Caucasian  conquest 
can  be  successful  which  ignores  either  of  the 
sources  above  mentioned.  The  cultural  remains 
derived  by  the  excavation  of  ancient  sites  must  be 
interpreted  through  knowledge  of  the  mode  of  life, 
social  organization,  ceremonies,  rituals,  and  tradi 
tions  of  living  tribes.  The  key  to  this  informa 
tion  is  to  be  found  in  part  in  living  languages,  as 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  51 

well  as  in  those  just  at  the  point  of  becoming 
obsolete,  so  that  linguistics  becomes  a  vital  subject 
of  investigation.  The  anatomical  remains  of  peo 
ples  that  have  disappeared  from  formerly  oc 
cupied  areas  must  be  studied  for  evidence  of  affi 
nities  with  living  tribes.  It  is  also  necessary  to 
investigate  all  the  recorded  data  of  eye-witnesses 
of  the  events  that  took  place  when  the  native 
American  races  first  came  in  contact  with  the 
Caucasian. 

Accordingly  the  research  work  of  the  School 
divides  itself  into  Archaeology,  Ethnology,  and 
Documentary  History,  and  it  is  not  believed;  pos 
sible  to  derive  from  either  of  these  subjects  its 
full  value  unless  it  be  studied  in  the  light  of  facts 
furnished  by  the  others. 

GENERAL  PLAN 

The  general  plan  of  work  is  next  to  be  de 
termined.  The  first  conclusion  forced  upon  the 
student  of  conditions  surrounding  the  study  of 
American  Archaeology  is  that  its  undertakings 
have  not  been  prosecuted  with  the  persistent, 
continued  effort  along  unbroken  lines  necessary 
to  produce  conclusive  results.  There  must  be 
permanent  cooperation  between  institutions  and 
field  workers;  concerted,  well-organized  move 
ments;  systematic  correlation  of  activities,  and 
concentration  on  definite  lines  of  investigation 
for  many  years.  The  waste  of  scientific  and 
financial  resources  has  been  great.  The  working 


52          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

plan  of  an  institution  founded  for  research  in  a 
single  subject,  as  is  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology,  would  be  fundamentally  deficient  if 
it  did  not  provide  for  the  permanence  of  its  work 
at  the  points  of  vital  importance.  Its  results  will 
than  depend  upon  the  efficiency  of  its  staff. 

Therefore,  it  was  first  necessary  to  establish  a 
fixed  base  of  operation.  The  paramount  condi 
tions  in  determining  the  location  of  such  a  base 
were:  first,  contiguity  to  an  important  field  of  re 
search;  and,  second,  opportunity  for  the  develop 
ment  of  an  adequate  museum.  The  latter  is 
necessary  to  afford  a  place  for  the  study  of  field 
results,  for  the  assemblage  of  material  derived 
from  the  sources  investigated  for  comparison  and 
relation,  and  for  the  installation  and  exhibition  of 
such  types  of  this  material  as  will  contribute  to 
the  education  of  the  people.  This,  together  with 
adequate  publication  of  investigations,  is  the 
service  which  the  institution  owes  to  the  public  to 
which  it  looks  for  support. 

Equally  important  is  the  establishment  of  bases 
in  the  field  at  points  which  afford  abundant 
material  for  study.  Such  a  base  is  necessary  in 
each  culture  center  that  is  to  be  investigated. 
These  points  established  and  occupied,  capable 
scholars  found  to  take  up  the  scientific  work,  and 
the  necessary  equipment  provided,  work  can  be 
prosecuted  with  economy  of  expenditure  and 
effectiveness  of  effort  not  possible  in  sporadic  ex- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY  53 

peditions.  Not  the  least  of  the  advantages  afford 
ed  by  such  a  plan  is  that  of  securing  and  training 
a  force  of  workmen  who  live  near  the  excava 
tions,  who  are  always  available  for  service  when 
needed,  who  become  familiar  with  all  the  problems 
of  excavations,  gain  a  pride  in  the  work  that  is 
being  done,  and  become  permanently  enlisted  in 
the  prosecution  of  the  researches  and  the  preser 
vation  of  the  antiquities  that  are  being  studied. 

Such  is  a  brief,  general  outline  of  the  plan  adop 
ted  for  attacking  the  problems  that  the  School 
is  organized  to  investigate,  with  an  effective 
working  organization,  which  it  is  hoped  may,  by 
affording  opportunities  for  individual  field  work 
ers,  by  correlating  their  work  into  one  definite 
scheme,  and  by  freely  offering  its  facilities  for 
research  and  cooperation  to  other  institutions,  per 
form  the  service  to  archaeological  science  that 
was  the  purpose  of  the  Institute  when  it  establish 
ed  the  School. 

THE  ESTABLISHMENT  AT  SANTA  FE 

As  the  most  important  area  for  archaeological 
study  within  the  boundaries  of  the  United  States 
is  found  on  the  western  plateau,  it  was  obvious 
that  the  School  should  be  located  somewhere  in 
that  part  of  the  country.  Through  the  generosity 
of  the  people  of  New  Mexico  and  the  interest  of 
the  citizens  of  Santa  Fe,  it  was  made  possible  to 
locate  the  institution  in  the  heart  of  the  richest 


54  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

archaeological  district  of  the  Southwest.  The 
old  Governor's  Palace  was  placed  at  the  disposal 
of  the  School,  accompanied  by  a  subsidy  for  its 
maintenance,  for  museum  development,  and  for 
research  and  publication,  which,  while  not  large 
as  such  foundations  would  be  viewed  in  old, 
established  commonwealths,  for  the  sparsely 
settled  and  undeveloped  Territory  of  New  Mexico 
must  be  regarded  as  exceedingly  liberal. 

The  Palace  is  the  oldest  governmental  structure 
in  the  United  States.  It  was  constructed  in  the 
early  part  of  the  seventeenth  century  fcr  the  res 
idence  of  the  Spanish  governor,  and  has  for  three 
hundred  years  been  the  seat  of  authority  under 
Spanish,  Mexican,  and  American  rule  successively. 
It  is  therefore  one  of  the  most  venerable  relics  of 
the  early  history  of  our  country.  With  proper 
historic  restoration  it  will  stand  for  centuries  to 
come,  a  noble  monument  to  the  memory  of  the 
Spanish  founders  of  the  civilization  of  the  South 
west. 

With  some  alterations  it  is  found  to  be  admirably 
adapted  to  the  purposes  of  our  institution.  Certain 
rooms  are  necessarily  set  aside  for  administration 
purposes,  and  these  require  little  or  no  alteration. 
That  part  of  the  building  which  is  to  be  devoted 
to  the  Museum  of  Archaeology  is  being  altered 
and  refitted.  The  plan  adopted  by  the  Board  of 
Regents  and  approved  by  your  Executive  Com 
mittee  contemplates,  first  of  all,  an  educational 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  55 

museum  in  which  the  results  of  the  study  of  each 
ancient  culture  will  be  exhibited.  To  this  end  the 
resources  of  science  and  art  will  be  joined.  Ex 
tensive  use  will  be  made  of  paintings  and  mural 
decorations,  illustrating  the  environment  under 
which  each  special  culture  evolved,  and  the  pre 
sent  and  past  conditions  of  these  centers  as  they 
appear  to  the  eye  at  the  present  time  and  in  his 
toric  perspective  as  the  picture  is  restored  after 
scientific  investigation.  Photographs,  sketches, 
maps,  plans,  models,  and  restorations  will  supply 
scientific  and  historic  details,  and  type  collections 
of  material  derived  by  excavation,  properly  dis 
played  in  museum  cases,  will  further  illustrate  the 
arts,  industries,  social  order,  and  religious  life  of 
the  peoples  studied.  The  plan  contemplates  the 
reproduction  of  a  picture  of  ancient  life  conditions 
that  may  be  appreciated  by  persons  of  every  grade 
of  intelligence.  The  development  of  this  design  is 
now  well  under  way.  The  carrying  out  of  the 
plans  for  the  art  work  in  the  museum  is  made 
possible  by  the  interest  taken  in  it  by  Mr.  Frank 
Springer  of  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico. 

The  buildings  across  the  back  part  of  the  patio, 
which  had  fallen  into  disuse,  have  been  restored 
and  converted  into  laboratories,  after  reserving 
such  as  were  needed  for  storage  purposes  and  for 
the  heating  plant  which  is  now  installed.  These 
buildings  afford  facilities  for  various  activities  of 
the  School.  The  department  of  illustration  is  de- 


56          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

voted  to  map-making,  designing,  modelling,  re 
storing,  color  work,  the  illustration  of  publica 
tions,  and  to  the  more  graphic  exhibition  of  mu 
seum  collections.  There  is  a  well  equipped  lab 
oratory  for  photographic  work,  enlarging  and  mak 
ing  of  lantern  slides.  A  department  is  equipped 
for  architectural  reconstruction  in  the  field  and 
in  the  museum,  and  for  various  activities  that 
are  effective  in  connection  with  museum  installa 
tion.  A  studio  is  furnished  for  the  use  of  the 
artist  of  the  School.* 

As  the  reparation  of  the  building  goes  on,  it 
will  be  rendered  fireproof  by  the  introduction  of 
cement  floors,  the  protection  of  wood-work,  and 
proper  insulation  of  all  electric  light  wires.  As 
soon  as  funds  can  be  secured  for  the  purpose,  the 
modern  porch  which  finishes  the  entire  front, 
facing  the  central  plaza  of  the  city,  and  which  is 
the  dominant  architectural  feature  of  the  Palace, 
will  be  removed  and  replaced  by  an  historic  portal 
designed  to  conform  to  the  architectural  style  of 
the  period  when  the  building  was  constructed. 
FIELD  WORK 

The  archaeology    of  the  San   Juan    Valley    has 


*Since  this  report  was  prepared  a  generous  gift 
of  Miss  Anna  L.  Wolcott,  of  Denver,  has  made  it 
possible  to  install  at  once  a  linguistic  laboratory 
equipped  with  instruments  of  precision  for  the  re 
cording  of  languages. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  57 

been  under  investigation  by  the  Director  in  con 
nection  with  the  Utah,  Colorado,  and  Southwest 
Societies  for  four  seasons.  This  area  embraces 
the  highest  development  of  one  type  of  the  an 
cient  cliff  dwelling  culture.  It  lies  in  southwest 
ern  Colorado,  southern  Utah,  northern  New 
Mexico,  and  northern  Arizona.  The  work  of 
the  three  previous  seasons  consisted  of  the  ex 
ploration  work  of  all  the  ancient  ethnic  centers. 
These  investigations  established  the  following  dis 
tricts  north  of  the  San  Juan:  The  Mesa  Verde, 
the  McElmo,  the  Montezuma,  the  White  Canon, 
Grand  Gulch;  south  of  the  San  Juan,  the  Chaco 
Canon,  Canon  de  Chelly,  and  Navajo  Mountain 
districts.  Excavations  were  made  in  the  Canon 
de  Chelly  district  in  1906  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Southwest  Society.  North  of  the  San  Juan,  ex 
cavations  were  conducted  in  1908  in  the  Cannon- 
ball  group  in  the  McElmo  district  and  in  the  Alkali 
Ridge  group  in  the  Montezuma  Canon  district. 

The  exploration  of  the  Navajo  Mountain  district 
was  commenced  in  1908  and  continued  this  year, 
this  being  the  last  of  all  the  archaeological  dis 
tricts  in  the  lower  San  Juan  to  be  explored.  It 
was  found  to  contain  some  of  the  most  important 
ruins  in  the  Southwest.  A  few  of  these  are  in  an 
excellent  state  of  preservation.  This  is  the  most 
remote  district  still  remaining  unworked  in  the 
United  States.  As  it  has  been  little  molested  by 
vandals  and  affords  a  field  for  many  years  of  in- 


58  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

vestigation,  and  has  the  further  advantage  of 
being  the  home  of  the  least  corrupted  groups  of 
the  Navajo,  who  have  made  it  their  home  for 
centuries  and  who  are  capable  of  throwing  much 
light  upon  the  archaeology  of  the  region,  this  dis 
trict  has  become  the  field  base  for  the  sub-area  of 
culture  that  has  been  named  from  the  principal 
geographical  feature,  the  San  Juan. 

Plans  have  been  made  for  work  with  the  trad 
ing  post  of  Oljato  as  the  outfitting  point.  An  ex 
pedition  to  this  region  took  the  field  in  June  in 
charge  of  Dean  Byron  Cummings,  of  the  State 
University  of  Utah.  The  financial  support  for  the 
expedition  consisted  of  the  sum  of  $1000  appro 
priated  by  the  State  Legislature  of  Utah,  supple 
mented  by  additional  funds  furnished  by  Colonel 
E.  A.  Wall  of  Salt  Lake  City,  who  has  for  the 
past  three  years  been  a  liberal  supporter  of  the 
Utah  archaeological  expeditions.  The  workers  in 
the  field  consisted  of  Dean  Cummings  and  his  son 
Malcolm,  Neil  Judd,  William  Blum,  Donald 
Beauregard,  and  Stuart  Young.  The  party  was 
accompanied  by  the  Director  of  American  Archae 
ology,  who,  with  Professor  Cummings,  selected 
the  territory  to  be  studied  and  laid  out  the  plans 
and  methods  of  work.  The  Directors  remained 
with  the  expedition  long  enough  to  see  the  work 
properly  inaugurated. 

The  first  work  of  the  season  consisted  of  ex 
ploration  and  excavations  in  the  Tsego-ot-sosi 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  59 

Canon  and  its  tributaries  about  twenty  miles 
southwest  of  Oljato.  The  ruins  here  consist  of 
small  cliff  houses,  ceremonial  caves  and  burial- 
places.  The  excavations  yielded  collections  of  con 
siderable  value,  consisting  of  bags  of  woven  yucca 
and  cedar  bark  containing  quantities  of  grass  seed; 
medicine  bags  of  cotton,  human  hair,  yucca  and 
buckskin;  baskets  and  mats  of  various  styles; 
feather  and  fur  robes;  belts  of  cotton  and  yucca 
woven  in  colors;  sandals  of  yucca  and  cotton  in 
great  variety,  many  woven  in  patterns  of  beauti 
ful  design  and  color;  implements  of  stone,  wood, 
horn  and  bone,  and  some  pottery  of  rather  crude 
texture.  The  explorations  resulted  in  the  dis 
covery  of  several  ruins  that  are  now  for  the  first 
time  made  known  to  the  scientific  world.  Most 
important  of  all  is  the  great  cliff  house  known  to 
the  Navajo  as  Kit-sil  (Keet-seel)  in  a  branch  of 
the  Tsegi  Canon.  This  house  consists  of  not  less 
than  150  rooms,  situated  in  an  imposing  position 
in  a  natural  cavern  overhung  by  massive  cliffs  of 
sandstone.  It  is  in  an  excellent  state  of  preserva 
tion,  though  in  some  parts  badly  dug  over.  Be 
cause  of  its  excellent  condition  and  its  situation  in 
a  region  new  to  archaeological  science,  this  ruin 
takes  rank  with  the  famous  Cliff  Palace  in  the 
Mesa  Verde  National  Park. 

Next  in  importance  among  the  discoveries  of  the 
season  was  that  of  the  ruin  known  to  the  Navajo 
as  Betatakin,  about  ten  miles  from  the  one  above 


60  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

described.  This  ruin  is  considerably  smaller  than 
Kit-sil,  contains  about  120  rooms  in  an  excellent 
state  of  preservation  and  entirely  undisturbed. 
It  is  now  in  process  of  excavation  by  Professor 
Cummings. 

Another  important  discovery  was  a  group  of 
four  ruins  in  the  forks  of  Nit-si  (Neet-see)  Cafton, 
varying  in  size  from  60  to  100  rooms  each.  These 
are  in  rather  exposed  situations  and  hence  badly 
destroyed.  Other  large  Pueblo  ruins  were  found 
on  the  mesa  near  Piute  Canon  and  smaller  ones 
near  the  head  forks  of  Copper  Gulch.  A  consider 
able  amount  of  cave  and  mound  excavations  was 
done  on  the  Kayenta  and  in  the  Tsegi  Canons. 

The  country  was  explored  to  the  junction  of 
the  San  Juan  with  the  Colorado,  and  one  import 
ant  result  was  the  discovery  by  Professor  Cum 
mings  of  the  remarkable  natural  bridge,  known  to 
the  fewNavajo  who  had  seen  it  as  "Nonnezhozhi, " 
and  now  for  the  first  time  made  known.  It  lies  in 
a  region  exceedingly  difficult  of  access  between 
Navajo  Mountain  and  the  Colorado  River.  It  is 
an  enormous  arch  of  sandstone,  resembling  a  huge 
flying  buttress.  The  span  measures  271  feet  in 
width,  inside  measurement,  and  the  top  of  this 
stupendous  arch  is  301  feet  above  the  bed  of  the 
dry  arroyo  below.  This  exceeds  the  dimensions  of 
the  famous  Augusta  Bridge,  spanning  the  White 
Canon  north  of  the  San  Juan,  surveyed  and  de- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  61 

scribed  by  us  in  1907  and  heretofore  ranking  as  the 
largest  natural  bridge  in  the  world. 

The  Rio  Grande  Valley  in  New  Mexico  consti 
tutes  another  subarea  of  Pueblo  and  Cliff  Dwelling 
culture  of  equal  importance  with  the  San  Juan. 
The  principal  focus  of  ancient  population  in  this 
area  is  the  Jemez  Plateau  in  northern  New  Mexico, 
lying  west  of  the  Rio  Grande. 

This  region  has  been  under  investigation  by  the 
writer  for  ten  years  past.  Excavations  have  been 
conducted  in  two  places  during  the  past  two  years 
and  the  work  of  the  present  year  consisted  in 
establishing  bases  for  work  at  the  Puye  and  El 
Rito  de  los  Frijoles.  The  financial  maintenance  of 
the  excavations  was  provided  from  funds  accruing 
under  the  appropriations  made  by  the  Legislature 
of  New  Mexico  for  scientific  work  in  connection 
with  the  establishment  of  the  Museum.  The 
corps  consisted  of  the  Director,  Sylvanus  G.  Mor- 
ley,  John  P.  Harrington,  Kenneth  M.  Chapman, 
Carl  Lotave,  and  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum.  The  excavat 
ing  force  consisted  of  twenty  Tewa  Indians  from 
the  adjacent  valley,  many  of  whom  have  become 
skilled  in  this  line  of  work  through  several  years' 
experience  under  the  same  direction. 

At  Puye,  the  excavation  of  the  South  House 
commenced  in  1907  was  finished.  The  necropolis 
of  the  town  was  discovered  and  the  northern  sec 
tion  excavated.  The  southern  section  still  re 
mains  to  be  done.  This  proved  to  be  the  most 


62  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

fruitful  discovery  of  its  kind  that  has  been  made 
during  our  work  in  the  Southwest.  It  furnishes 
an  exceptionally  large  series  of  skeletal  remains 
(171  individuals)  which,  together  with  the  burials 
found  in  the  excavated  caves  below,  affords  a  basis 
for  the  determination  of  the  relationship  between 
the  ancient  people  of  this  region  and  the  modern 
tribes. 

The  most  important  work  at  this  site  was  the 
beginning  of  the  excavation  of  the  ruins  of  ancient 
villages  situated  at  the  base  of  Puye  cliff  and 
completely  covered  by  the  talus  slopes.  This  was 
the  first  work  on  a  large  scale  that  has  been  done 
on  ruins  of  this  class,  and  the  result  has  been  to 
make  known  a  new  and  important  class  of  archi 
tectural  remains  in  the  Southwest.  These  ruins, 
to  which  we  have  given  the  name  *  'Talus  Pueblos, ' ' 
constitute  a  large  proportion  of  the  ruined  towns 
of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley,  and  their  study  changes 
materially  the  previous  notions  of  the  class  of  cliff 
dwellings  to  be  found  in  this  region.  The  so-called 
"cavate  lodges"  must  be  considered  simply  as  back 
rooms  of  terraced  houses  built  on  the  ledges  against 
and  upon  cliff  walls.  These  talus  pueblos  are 
"true  cliff  dwellings"  as  definitely  as  are  those 
built  in  the  caverns  of  the  San  Juan  drainage. 

Two  of  these  talus  villages  were  excavated  on 
the  slope  at  the  base  of  the  vertical  cliff,  just  un 
der  the  great  community  house  of  Puye  mentioned 
above.  Above  this,  upon  the  second  ledge  of  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  63 

cliff  wall,  two  other  villages  of  similar  character, 
were  excavated,  one  completely  and  another  in 
part.  The  talus  villages  excavatad  at  Puye  have 
been  named  for  reasons  that  will  appear  in  the  de 
tailed  reports,  The  House  of  the  Wi-i,  The  House 
of  the  Moon  Symbol,  The  House  of  Turkey  People, 
and  the  fourth  is  still  unnamed. 

The  work  at  the  second  camp  in  the  Pajarito 
district,  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  consisted  in  the  ex 
cavation  of  two  talus  villages  which  have  been  des 
ignated  The  House  of  the  Sun  People  and  The 
House  of  the  Snake  People.  In  connection  with 
the  excavation  of  these  houses,  some  burials  have 
been  found  in  the  small  caves  back  of  the  ground- 
floor  rooms  and  a  considerable  amount  of  museum 
material,  some  of  which  is  new  to  the  archaeology 
of  the  region,  has  been  recovered.  The  work 
commenced  last  year  on  the  great  ceremonial  cave 
at  the  upper  end  of  the  series  of  ledges  in  the  Rito 
was  continued.  This  cave,  150  feet  above  the 
creek  bed,  is  one  of  the  most  striking  and  pictur 
esque  objects  of  archaeological  interest  in  the  South 
west,  and  has  now  been  made  accessible  to  visitors 
by  the  building  of  about  90  feet  of  ladders  and 
the  cutting  of  over  200  feet  of  trail  and  stairway 
in  the  stone. 

To  add  to  the  effectiveness  of  the  field  work 
carried  on  from  the  Rio  Grande  base,  the  archae 
ological  and  ethnological  work  has  now  been  ex 
tended  to  the  Jemez  valley. 


64  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Through  the  interest  taken  by  Mrs.  John  Hays 
Hammond,  the  school  has  been  enabled  to  take  up 
the  further  study  of  the  documentary  history  of 
the  region  under  investigation,  and  it  has  been  a 
particular  pleasure  to  announce  that  this  will  be 
carried  on  by  the  historian  Bandelier,  who  has 
done  the  Institute  and  the  entire  country  such 
eminent  service  in  former  years. 

An  important  event  in  the  development  of  the 
School  was  the  presence  in  the  field  for  nearly 
two  weeks  of  the  Chairman  of  your  Committee, 
Miss  Fletcher,  and  the  holding  of  the  first  annual 
meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  at  the  Puye  ex 
cavations.  There  were  present,  Justice  McFie, 
Secretary  Jaffa,  Mr.  Springer,  Mr.  Lummis,  and 
Dr.  Corwin,  and  several  days  were  spent  in  obser 
vation  of  the  work.  It  would  be  difficult  to  over 
estimate  the  importance  of  such  a  meeting.  The 
presence  in  the  field  of  these  representatives  of 
the  governing  Boards,  several  of  them  veterans  in 
scientific  research,  where  they  can  see  for  them 
selves  the  nature  of  the  problems,  the  methods  of 
work,  its  difficulties,  its  progress  and  its  results,  is 
to  establish  between  the  staff  and  the  government 
of  the  organization  a  sympathy  and  understanding 
that  means  much  to  the  advancement  of  the  scien 
tific  work  of  the  Institution. 

PRESERVATION 

In  all  the  work  done  by  the  School  the  idea  of 
preservation  of  the  archaeological  remains  has 


O 

«§ 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY  65 

been  foremost.  This  involves,  first,  the  preserva 
tion  of  the  buildings  by  excavation  and  by  such 
additional  means  as  will  prevent  deterioration, 
and,  second,  the  recovery  of  objects  buried  in  the 
debris  and  their  preservation  either  in  the  build 
ings  excavated,  in  proper  relation  to  the  surround 
ings  in  which  they  were  originally  used,  or  in  the 
museum  where  they  may  be  studied  and  compared, 
such  as  have  a  definite  educational  value  to  be 
placed  on  exhibition  for  the  benefit  of  the  public. 
This  is  believed  to  be  a  correct  interpretation  of 
the  law  for  the  Preservation  of  American  Antiqui 
ties. 

The  theory  underlying  all  the  work  of  preserva 
tion  is  not  restoration  and  repair,  but  rather  pre 
servation  by  the  arrest  of  deterioration.  It  is 
doubtful  if  restoration  on  a  large  scale  is  ever  justi 
fiable,  because  of  the  liability  to  error  from  mis 
interpretation  of  the  archaeological  remains.  Re 
building  on  a  large  scale  is  never  practised,  but 
the  restoration  of  small  details  for  the  purpose  of 
illustrating  special  features,  such  as  a  door,  a  meal 
box,  an  altar,  or  even  an  entire  sanctuary,  is  allow 
able  and  sometimes  advisable,  but  this  should  not 
be  done  until  the  restorer  is  certain  through  the 
study  of  numerous  examples  that  it  can  be  done 
with  accuracy.  Necessary  repairs  should  be 
scrupulously  attended  to  from  beginning  to  end, 
but  solely  with  reference  to  the  preservation  of  the 
structure.  The  sky  line  of  walls  should  never  be 
5 


66  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

altered  if  avoidable  and  all  existing  outlines  of  the 
ruin  should  be  preserved.  Repairs  and  restora 
tions  have  a  tendency  to  detract  from  the  pictur- 
esqueness  of  the  ruin,  from  its  interest  to  the  pub 
lic,  and  its  value  to  science.  The  dominant  idea 
should  be  its  preservation  as  a  ruin  and  not  its 
restoration  according  to  the  ideas  of  any  one. 
Its  preservation  as  an  object  of  future  interest 
should  be  kept  foremost.  Its  rebuilding  might  be 
made  very  misleading.  The  theory  is  that  it  is 
easier  to  carry  on  additional  work  in  the  future 
than  it  is  to  undo  erroneous  work. 

Special  attention  has  been  given  to  making  ac 
cessible  all  these  points  of  interest.  After  a  ruin 
has  been  excavated  and  put  in  proper  condition  for 
inspection,  necessary  trails  have  been  constructed, 
stairways  put  in  passable  condition,  and  ladders 
put  in  place,  always  if  possible  following  the 
archaic  plan  of  construction  and  placement.  In 
some  cases  the  more  important  furnishings  of 
rooms  have  been  restored  to  their  original  places 
and  the  idea  of  the  field  museum,  developed  last 
year,  somewhat  extended. 

WORK  OF  THE  STAFF 

The  first  work  of  the  Director  for  1909  was  to 
spend  in  Santa  Fe  the  amount  of  time  necessary  to 
complete  the  arrangement  between  the  Institution 
and  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico  for  the  establish 
ment  of  the  School  in  Santa  Fe.  In  the  early 
spring  a  visit  was  made  to  Spain  and  devoted  to 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  67 

the  problem  of  investigating  the  Spanish  archives 
relating  to  America,  this  being  necessary  to  the 
working  out  of  the  fundamental  plan  of  bringing 
to  the  support  of  the  archaeological  investigations 
Ethnology  and  Documentary  History. 

In  July  the  work  at  the  Puye  was  started,  and 
this  expedition,  as  well  as  that  in  the  Rito  de  los 
Frijoles,  was  under  the  Director's  personal  care. 
In  November  a  visit  was  paid  to  Yucatan  for  the 
purpose  of  investigating  the  possibilities  of  acquir 
ing  an  archaeological  station  in  the  Maya  field. 

At  the  request  of  the  officers  of  the  Institute  the 
Director  has  given  lectures  on  American  Archae 
ology  at  the  following  places  during  the  year:  Los 
Angeles,  Stanford  University,  San  Francisco,  the 
State  University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  Port 
land,  Seattle,  Spokane,  Walla  Walla,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Santa  Fe,  Pueblo,  Colorado  Springs,  Denver, 
the  State  University  of  Colorado  at  Boulder,  St. 
Louis,  the  State  University  of  Iowa  at  Iowra  City, 
Des  Moines,  Sioux  City,  the  State  University  of 
Wisconsin  at  Madison,  Milwaukee,  and  Washing 
ton,  D.  C. 

Mr.  A.  F.  Bandelier  has  been  engaged  in  the 
preparation  of  his  studies  on  the  Documentary 
History  of  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos,  and  the  prelim 
inary  results  will  be  presented  in  a  report  enti 
tled,  "A  Bibliographic  Introduction  to  the  Study  of 
the  Documentary  History  of  the  Rio  Grande  Val 
ley."  It  embraces  a  bibliography  in  which  every 


68  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

printed  source  known  is  critically  examined  and 
reported  upon,  and  is  of  especial  value  in  that  it 
warns  against  the  tendency  so  common  to  writers 
to  extol  unduly  the  importance  of  a  book  because  it 
is  excessively  rare.  The  treatment  of  manuscripts, 
while  necessarily  brief  because  of  their  great 
number,  is  sufficiently  thorough  to  be  of  service  to 
the  investigator.  Something  will  be  presented  on 
what  was  written  on  New  Mexico  previous  to  the 
American  occupation,  and  this  will  be  followed  by 
a  glance  at  the  distribution  of  Pueblo  stocks  in  the 
sixteenth  century,  as  determined  by  documentary 
evidence. 

Dean  Byron  Cummings  took  the  field  with  the 
Utah  expedition  in  June  and  has  been  personally 
in  charge  of  the  work  described  under  that  head 
ing  above.  His  work  in  the  field  will  continue  to 
near  the  end  of  December,  and  the  results  will  be 
embodied  in  his  report. 

Mr.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Fellow  in  American 
Archaeology,  went  to  Yucatan  at  the  beginning  of 
the  year  and  commenced  his  studies  on  the  orienta 
tion  of  Maya  temples.  He  first  visited  Chichen 
Itza.  the  largest  archaeological  site  in  the  State, 
securing  the  orientation  of  seventeen  of  its  princi 
pal  structures.  Later  he  visited  Uxmal,  the  second 
site  in  point  of  size  and  importance,  and  made  ob 
servations  on  twenty  of  the  principal  structures 
there.  He  is  now  working  up  the  data  obtained, 
and  after  some  further  studies  will  prepare  a  re- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  69 

port  on  the  results  of  his  work.  In  addition  to  the 
study  of  orientation,  while  he  was  at  Uxmal  he 
surveyed  an  important  group  of  buildings  which 
show  a  remarkable  system  of  assemblage.  The 
results  have  been  embodied  in  a  paper  which  will 
appear  in  a  forthcoming  number  of  the  American 
Journal  of  Archaeology. 

In  addition  to  his  work  in  Central  America,  Mr. 
Morley  has  been  given  duties  in  connection  with 
the  School,  museum,  and  field  work  in  the  South 
west.  In  July  he  had  charge  of  excavations  at 
Puye,  and  is  now  at  the  museum  at  Santa  Fe  en 
gaged  in  the  preparation  of  his  Central  America 
work,  and  assisting  in  the  installation  of  the 
museum. 

Mr.  John  P.  Harrington  spent  a  large  part  of  his 
time  during  the  winter  months  in  working  over 
the  Tewa  material  gathered  by  him  from  the  In 
dians  of  San  Ildefonso  pueblo  in  the  summer  of 
1908.  Tewa  words,  sentences,  and  myth-texts 
were  copied  and  analyzed  by  a  card  system.  The 
linguistic  material  relating  to  the  Tanoan  stock 
which  is  in  possession  of  the  Bureau  of  American 
Ethnology  was  also  copied  and  analyzed  by  the 
same  method. 

In  August  Mr.  Harrington  made  a  brief  visit  to 
Yuma,  Arizona,  where  he  collected  information  on 
the  social  organization  of  the  Yuma  Indians.  He 
also  visited  the  survivors  of  the  Piro  tribe,  who 


70  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

are  settled  in  the  vicinity  of  El  Paso,  Texas.  Re 
sults  of  this  work  have  been  prepared  for  publi 
cation.  Since  then  he  has  continued  the  study  of 
the  Tewa  at  San  Ildefonso,  learning  the  language 
and  studing  the  ethnology  of  the  people.  The 
employment  of  Indians  in  the  excavations  and  the 
long-continued  friendly  relations  between  them 
and  our  field  parties  have  created  conditions  favor 
able  to  the  gaining  of  information  which  could  not 
be  had  at  the  pueblo. 

Mr.  Harrington  has  made  a  brief  examination  of 
the  Keresan  language  of  Cochiti,  and  has  also  se 
cured  at  Santo  Domingo  a  few  words  of  the  Tano 
language,  formerly  spoken  in  the  drainage  of  the 
Galisteo  and  Santa  Fe  rivers.  As  far  as  can  be 
learned  no  vocabulary  of  this  language  has  previ 
ously  been  obtained.  The  language  is  now  prac 
tically  extinct. 

Mr.  Kenneth  M.  Chapman  was  in  the  field  in 
New  Mexico  from  July  into  September  and  has 
given  especial  attention  to  the  study  of  recon 
struction  of  ancient  ruins,  based  upon  the  results 
of  the  excavations.  He  has  prepared  plans  for  a 
model  of  the  ruin  of  the  "South  House"  at  Puye, 
and  also  has  charge  of  all  work  connected  with 
the  illustration  of  publications.  Mr.  Chapman's 
skill  with  pencil  and  brush  has  been  of  great  ser 
vice  in  rendering  graphic  the  results  of  the  scien 
tific  work.  He  is  for  the  present  performing  also 
the  duties  of  Secretary  of  the  School. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  71 

Mr.  Jesse  Nusbaum  has  been  in  charge  of  arch 
itectural  reconstruction.  The  alterations  in  the 
Palace,  the  designing  and  construction  of  cases, 
and  everything  pertaining  to  this  side  of  the  de 
velopment  of  the  museum  is  under  his  care.  He 
has  directed  in  the  field  all  work  connected  with 
the  repair  and  preservation  of  the  ruins,  the  re 
construction  of  details,  the  building  of  ladders, 
stairways,  and  everything  necessary  for  making 
the  ruins  accessible  after  excavation.  Mr.  Nus 
baum  is  also  in  charge  of  photography. 

Mr.  Carl  Lotave  spent  the  months  of  July, 
August,  and  a  part  of  September  in  the  field  mak 
ing  the  preliminary  studies  and  sketches  in  oil  for 
the  mural  decorations  to  be  placed  in  the  museum 
at  Santa  Fe.  He  has  since  been  engaged  with  the 
preparation  for  the  final  painting  of  his  studies 
secured  in  the  field.  He  will  have  finished  by  the 
end  of  the  year  and  in  position  upon  the  walls  the 
entire  frieze  for  the  Puye  room,  and  a  number  of 
studies  relating  to  the  environment,  archaeological 
remains,  and  life  history  of  the  Pajaritan  people. 
MUSEUM  DEVELOPMENTS 

The  museum  activities  at  Santa  Fe  have  been 
sufficiently  made  known  under  the  preceding  heads. 

The  Southwest  Society  has  made  considerable 
progress  with  the  development  of  its  Southwest 
Museum;  has  raised  additional  sums  toward  the 
payment  of  the  amount  due  on  the  museum  site, 
has  made  some  accessions  to  its  collections,  and 


72  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

has  recently  undergone  a  change  in  its  manage 
ment. 

The  activities  of  the  Utah  Society  in  Southern 
Utah  have  resulted  in  considerable  accessions  to 
the  Museum  cf  the  University  of  Utah  at  Salt 
Lake  City,  with  which  the  work  of  the  School  in 
that  State  is  affiliated. 

As  a  result  of  excavations  in  1908  installations  of 
cliff  dwelling  material  have  been  made  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Colorado  State  Historical  Society 
in  the  Capitol  Building  in  Denver  and  in  the  State 
University  of  Colorado  at  Boulder,  both  of  which 
institutions  cooperate  in  the  work  of  the  School  in 
southwestern  Colorado. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The  preliminary  reports  of  the  researches  of  the 
School  will  be  published  in  the  form  of  short  papers 
in  journals  devoted  to  archaeological  and  ethnolo 
gical  work  and  afterward  issued  as  '  Tapers  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology."  The  following 
titles  will  have  been  published  or  handed  in  ready 
for  publication  by  the  end  of  the  present  year. 
By  the  Director: 

The  Ground  Work  of  American  Archaeology. 

The  Pajaritan  Culture. 

The  Excavations  at  Puye  in  1907. 

The  Excavations  at  Tyuonyi  in  1908. 

The  Excavations  at  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  in  1909. 

A  General  View  of  the  Archeaology  of    the   San 
Juan  Valley. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  T3 

The  Excavations  at  Puye  in  1909. 

The  Physiography  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley. 
By  Mr.  Bandelier: 

A  Bibliographic  Introduction  to  the  Documentary 

History  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley. 
By  Mr.  Morley: 

The  Excavation    of    the    Cannonball    Ruins    in 
Southwestern  Colorado. 

The  Correlation  of    Maya  and  Christian    Chron 
ology. 

The  Inscriptions  of  Naranjo   in  Northern  Guate 
mala. 

The  South  House  at  Puye. 

A  Group  of  Related  Structures  at  Uxmal,  Mexico. 
By  Mr.  Harrington: 

The  Tano  Language  of  New  Mexico. 

An  Introductory  Paper  on  the  Tewa   Language. 

Some  Mortuary  Customs  and  Beliefs  of  the  Cen 
tral  Yuman  Tribes. 

Notes  on  the  Piro  Language. 

A  Tewa  Version  of  the  Pueblo  Myth  of  the  Twin 
War-Gods. 

Animal  Stories  of  the  Mohave  and  Yuma  Indians. 
By  Messrs.  Morley  and  Kidder: 

The  Archaeology  of  the  McElmo  District  in  Colo 
rado. 
By  Girard  Fowke: 

Report  on  the  Antiquities  of  Central  Missouri. 
FINANCIAL 

The  report  of    the    Treasurer    of    the  Institute 


74  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

shows  the  disposition  of  funds  allotted  by  the  In 
stitute  for  American  work  (p.  201).  All  other 
transactions  of  the  School  are  embraced  in  its  re 
lations  with  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico  and  the 
States  whose  work  is  being  directed  by  the  School. 
Funds  involved  in  these  transactions  do  not  pass 
through  the  Treasury  of  the  Institute,  but  are 
controlled  by  the  local  governing  Boards.  The 
financial  reports  of  these  Treasurers  were  not  is 
sued  in  time  for  insertion  in  the  reports  of  the  In 
stitute  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  August  31,  1909, 
but  will  be  presented  in  a  financial  statement 
which  will  be  prepared  as  soon  as  the  data  are  all 
in  hand. 

The  fiscal  year  of  the  Institute  does  not  conform 
to  that  of  the  other  organizations  with  which  the 
School  has  relations.  It  also  has  the  disadvantage 
of  ending  when  the  field  expeditions  are  in  pro 
gress  and  the  greater  part  of  their  expenditures 
not  yet  reported.  The  preparation  of  financial  re 
ports  in  the  field  is  difficult,  and  owing  to  the 
remote  situation  of  some  of  our  camps,  I  would 
recommend  that,  if  not  in  conflict  with  the  regula 
tions  of  the  Institute,  the  fiscal  year  of  the  School 
be  made  to  begin  with  either  the  1st  of  January  or 
the  1st  of  July.  This  would  permit  of  the  as 
semblage  of  all  financial  statements  into  one  gener 
al  report  covering  concurrent  periods. 

In  conclusion,  permit  me  to  express  my  grati 
tude  to  this  Committee  for  the  wise  counsel  that 


SCHOOL   OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  75 

has  been  indispensable  to  the  success  of  this  move 
ment.  The  opportunity  to  serve  in  organizing  the 
forces  that  are  now  engaged  through  the  Institute 
in  a  concerted  study  of  human  history  on  the 
American  continent  is  one  that  I  deeply  appreciate. 
The  responsibility  of  it  I  should  shrink  from  were 
it  not  so  cordially  shared  by  the  Committee.  In 
reporting  the  results  already  achieved,  I  have  en 
deavored  to  bring  to  your  attention  especially  the 
work  of  our  men  who  are  carrying  on  the  actual 
work  in  the  field.  I  cannot  too  highly  commend 
their  devotion  to  the  School  and  its  purposes. 
While  this  will  never  be  measured  by  the  facilities 
furnished  them,  it  should  be  observed  that  the 
main  function  of  the  organization  is  to  afford  them 
opportunity  for  effective  service.  If  their  efforts 
thus  far  commend  themselves  to  you,  the  know 
ledge  of  that  fact  will  greatly  augment  their 
pleasure  in  going  forward  with  the  work  entrust 
ed  to  them. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director 


76  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Chairman's  Statement 
1910 

To  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 

America: 

GENTLEMEN:  During  the  past  year  the  School  of 
American  Archaeology  has  continued  its  research 
work  in  connection  with  the  Affiliated  Societies  of 
the  Institute  in  the  related  fields  of  Archaeology, 
Ethnology,  and  Documentary  History,  under  the 
care  of  Director  Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

On  December  29,  1909,  the  following  gentlemen 
were  confirmed  by  the  Council  as  members  of  the 
Managing  Committee: 

Herman  C.  Bumpus,  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  New  York. 

Manuel  Calero,  Mexico  City. 

B.  Talbot  B.  Hyde,  New  York. 

Frank  H.  Lord,  Seattle. 

John  F.  Lacey,  Iowa. 

George  Bryce,  Winnipeg. 

Work  on  the  repairing  of  the  "Palace"  building 
at  Santa  Fe  has  progressed,  and  a  portion  of  the 
Museum  has  been  thrown  open  to  the  public;  in  the 
month  of  August  the  Board  of  Regents  held  its 
Second  Annual  Meeting  at  the  site  where  excava 
tions  were  being  conducted  by  the  School,  in  El 
Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  near  Santa  Fe. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  77 

A  detailed  account  of  the  activities  of  the  School 
and  the  Museum  will  be  found  in  the  Report  of 
the  Director. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER,  Chairman 


IS          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

IX. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1910 

To  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology: 

The  work  of  the    School  of    American    Archae 
ology  for  1910  may  most  conveniently  be  viewed  in 
relation  to  the  main  geographical  divisions:  Central 
America,  Mexico,  and  the  United  States. 
I.  CENTRAL  AMERICA 

The  St.  Louis  Society  of  the  Institute  has  pro 
vided  a  fund  to  prosecute  investigations  in  Central 
America  for  a  term  of  years.  The  first  expedition 
occupied  the  first  four  months  of  1910.  The  re 
gion  chosen  for  investigation  was  the  southern 
Maya  field  in  Guatemala.  After  a  preliminary  re 
connaissance  the  site  of  Quirigua,  in  the  Motagua 
Valley  about  fifty  miles  from  the  Bay  of  Hon 
duras,  was  selected.  First  a  survey  of  the  temple 
area  of  the  ancient  city  was  made,  and  a  broad 
roadway  was  built  around  it  to  prevent  the  spread 
of  fires  from  the  clearings  subsequently  to  be 
made  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  ruins.  Through 
the  courtesy  of  the  United  Fruit  Company,  which 
owrns  the  lands  on  which  the  ruins  are  situated, 
we  were  permitted  to  segregate  a  tract  of  approxi 
mately  80  acres  comprising  the  main  temples, 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  79 

courts,  and  monuments.  The  dense  growth  of 
underbrush  was  removed  from  the  courts,  and  the 
monuments  were  cleared  of  the  moss  by  which  they 
were  covered.  Photographs  of  the  ruins,  sculp 
tures,  and  inscriptions  were  made  by  Mr.  Nus- 
baum,  and  a  report  of  the  measurements  was  pre 
pared  by  him.  Mr.  Morley  devoted  his  time  to  the 
survey  and  to  the  study  of  the  hieroglyphic  in 
scriptions.  The  time  of  the  Director  was  given  to 
a  more  general  study  of  the  archaeology  of  the 
region,  and  of  the  art  of  the  monuments. 

A  complete  investigation  of  the  ruins  of  Quirigua 
will  require  several  years.  Owing  to  its  favorable 
location  in  relation  to  a  large  and  important  area, 
this  will  be  the  principal  base  for  our  work  on  the 
southern  Maya  culture. 

The  courtesy,  generosity,  and  good-will  of  the 
officials  of  the  Government  of  Guatemala  were 
manifested  in  all  possible  ways.  This  fortunate 
condition  was  due  in  part,  at  least,  to  the  cordial 
relations  existing  between  the  officers  of  the 
Guatemalan  Government  and  our  diplomatic  and 
consular  service.  The  United  States  Envoy  Ex 
traordinary  and  Minister  Plenipotentiary,  Mr. 
Sands,  visited  the  work  at  Quirigua,  and  manifest 
ed  a  personal  as  well  as  official  interest. 

The  assistance  rendered  by  the  United  Fruit 
Company  and  its  officers  was  inestimable.  We  en 
joyed  the  conveniences  of  the  Company's  commis 
sary,  and  their  hospital  at  Dartmouth  was  placed 


80  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

at  our  disposal  in  case  of  sickness.  The  work 
men  furnished  by  the  Company  for  clearing  out  the 
underbrush  and  for  road-building  enabled  us  to 
carry  our  operations  much  farther  than  would 
otherwise  have  been  possible.  The  Company  has 
also  furnished  a  custodian  to  protect  the  ruins 
while  the  work  is  suspended. 

At  the  close  of  the  season  in  Guatemala,  a  visit 
was  paid  to  the  ruins  of  Copan  in  Honduras,  and  a 
short  time  spent  in  the  study  of  the  art  and  in 
scriptions  of  its  monuments.  The  deplorable  con 
dition  into  which  the  ruins  of  tnis,  the  greatest  of 
all  the  ancient  art  cities  of  America,  have  been  al 
lowed  to  fall,  through  the  neglect  and  abuse  of  the 
monuments  and  the  encroachment  of  the  river  up 
on  the  area  of  the  principal  temples,  is  a  matter  of 
profound  regret. 

II.     MEXICO 

The  only  progress  made  with  our  investigations 
in  Mexico  during  the  year  1910  consisted  of  some 
additional  work  of  surveying  and  photographing  at 
the  ruins  near  Tonala  in  Chiapas.  These  ruins 
were  first  visited  by  me  in  1906,  and  I  then  pre 
pared  a  preliminary  map  and  description  of  the 
site. 

The  courtesy  that  has  been  extended  to  us  by  the 
officials  of  the  Mexican  Government  who  have  jur 
isdiction  over  the  antiquities  of  the  Republic  is 
most  encouraging.  All  necessary  privileges  for 
research  have  been  freely  granted  by  the  Depart- 


W 
c/j 

a 


SCHOOL  OP  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  81 

merit  of  Public  Instruction  and  Fine  Arts,  and  the 

obstacles  so  often  encountered  in  scientific  research 

in  foreign  countries  have  been  largely  eliminated. 

III.    UNITED  STATES 

1.    NEW  MEXICO 

An  arrangement  has  been  entered  into  with  the 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  by  which  the  work 
of  former  years  in  the  Rio  Grande  drainage  can  be 
incorporated  in  a  systematic  ethnographic  survey 
of  the  region.  This  is  to  be  carried  on  under  the 
joint  direction  of  the  Ethnologist  in  Charge  of  the 
Bureau  and  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology,  the  institutions  sharing  the 
expense  equally.  All  specimens  acquired  are  to 
be  divided  between  the  National  Museum  in  Wash 
ington  and  the  Museum  of  Archaeology  in  Santa 
Fe.  It  is  further  provided  that  the  reports  of  the 
work  shall  be  published  by  the  Bureau.  The  plan 
adopted  contemplates  a  study  of  the  ancient  cul 
tures  of  the  region;  the  ethnology  of  the  tribes  at 
present  inhabiting  the  Rio  Grande  drainage;  the 
ethno-historical  facts  preserved  in  Spanish  records; 
and  a  series  of  studies  of  the  climate,  vegetation, 
fauna,  and  all  other  physiographic  conditions,  with 
their  effects  upon  the  life  and  culture  of  both  an 
cient  and  recent  inhabitants. 

The  work  was  inaugurated  in  June  and,  includ 
ing  time  spent  in  preparation  of  reports,  continued 
to  December.     The  first  month  was  devoted  to  an 
6 


82          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

archaeological  survey  of  the  Ojo  Caliente  Valley. 
This  was  followed  by  excavations  in  the  Rito  de 
los  Frijoles.  At  the  close  of  the  season  a  short  re 
connaissance  was  made  in  the  Jemez  Valley  and 
some  preliminary  excavating  was  done  there. 

The  work  on  the  Pueblos  of  the  Rio  Grande  Val 
ley  was  inaugurated  by  the  Institute  in  its  early 
years  and  fortunately  intrusted  to  Mr.  Bandelier. 
The  papers  which  were  brought  out  by  him  nearly 
a  quarter  of  a  century  ago  are  now  the  guide 
books  for  investigation  in  the  Southwestern  field. 
The  help  of  Mr.  John  Hays  Hammond  has  enabled 
the  Institute  to  avail  itself  a  second  time  of  Mr. 
Bandelier's  services.  Much  valuable  unpublished 
material  secured  by  him  in  his  early  campaigns  is 
now  being  prepared  for  publication.  The  first 
paper  has  already  appeared,  as  No.  13  of  the 
Papers  of  the  School. 

The  School  has  undertaken  a  linguistic  survey 
of  the  Pueblo  area.  This  is  the  first  systematic 
study  of  the  linguistic  conditions  of  the  region  that 
has  been  made.  The  results  throw  new  light  upon 
the  archaeology  and  ethnology  of  the  Southwest. 
In  the  survey  the  most  improved  methods  are  em 
ployed.  It  will  include  studies  of  languages  re 
presenting  all  of  the  linguistic  stocks  of  the  South 
western  United  States.  The  methods  of  what  we 
may  term  the  impressionistic  school  of  recorders 
of  Indian  languages  are  abandoned.  The  graphic 
method  is  employed,  the  record  of  the  languages 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  83 

being  made  mechanically  and  so  of  indisputable 
correctness.  This  result  is  accomplished  by  the 
equipment  of  the  Phonetic  Laboratory  which  has 
been  presented  to  the  School  by  Miss  Anna  L. 
Wolcott  of  Denver.  The  most  essential  piece  of 
apparatus  is  a  Rousselot  kymograph,  which  is  used 
in  making  tracings  of  the  sound  waves  and  breath 
impulses  of  speech.  This  machine  is  driven  by 
the  finest  clockwork  which  can  be  made,  thus  in 
suring  a  uniform  speed  of  its  cylinder.  The  base 
of  the  kymograph  is  of  aluminum,  so  that  the  ap 
paratus  can  be  carried  with  ease  into  the  field. 
The  laboratory  equipment  also  contains  a  Morey 
chariot;  a  support  for  blackening  the  drum  of  the 
kymograph;  an  assortment  of  Morey  tambours 
and  diaphragms;  bulbs  used  for  registering  nasal 
sounds;  embouchures;  capsules  for  examining  the 
action  of  the  larynx;  alaryngograph;  a  capsule 
for  studying  the  movement  of  the  lips;  bulbs  for 
recording  the  action  of  the  tongue;  an  oreille  in- 
scriptrice;  a  phonograph;  and  other  appliances. 
This  is  substantially  the  equipment  for  linguistic 
study  recommended  by  Professor  Rousselot  of 
Paris,  Director  of  the  Laboratory  for  Experiment 
al  Phonetics  in  the  College  of  France.  With  this 
apparatus  the  sounds  of  the  languages  are  being 
correctly  determined  and  written,  and  in  the  case 
of  every  syllable,  the  following  four  qualities  are 
recorded:  (1)  duration;  (2)  loudness  (including 
swells;)  (3)  musical  pitch  (including  leap;)  (4) 


84  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

vocalictimbre  (including  laryngeal  and  nasalaction) . 

In  addition  to  the  linguistic  work  the  usual  eth 
nological  phenomena  are  investigated,  including  a 
study  of  the  material  culture,  sociology,  myth 
ology,  and  religion  of  the  various  Pueblo  villages. 
The  field  work  embraces  also  an  examination  of 
the  natural  history  of  the  region,  with  reference 
to  the  influence  of  definite  physiographic  condi 
tions  upon  culture  history. 

A  Summer  session  of  the  School  was  held  in  the 
camp  at  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles.  It  continued  dur 
ing  the  months  of  July  and  August.  The  follow 
ing  is  an  outline  of  the  programme  which  was  car 
ried  out: 

I.  Field  work. 

1.  Study  of  environment  with  reference  to  its 
influence  on  culture  history:  Vegatation,  Animal 
Life,  Geology,  Climate. 

2.  Archaeological  study:  Archaeological  and  to 
pographical  survey    of    the  canyon  and  adjacent 
mesas;   Excavation  of  community  house  and  talus 
pueblos. 

3.  Ethnological  Study:  Material  Culture,  Social 
Organization,  Myths  and    Religions,    Linguistics. 

II.  Lecture  Courses. 

1.  The  prehistoric  cultures  of  North    America; 
their  distribution  and  character  as  shown  by  arch 
aeological  remains:    The  Director. 

2.  The  ancient  civilizations  of  Mexico  and  Cen 
tral  America:  Mr.  Morley. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  85 

3.  The  Indian  cultures  of    the   Southwest:  Mr. 
Harrington. 

4.  The  natural   history    of    the    Pajarito:  Mr. 
Henderson  and  Mr.  Robbins. 

5.  Special  lectures  were  given  by    Dr.    George 
Grant  McCurdy,  Yale  University;    Mr.    Frederick 
W.  Hodge,  Ethnologist  in  Charge,  Bureau  of  Amer 
ican  Ethnology;  Miss  Barbara  Freire-Marreco,  Fel 
low  of  Somerville  College,  Oxford,   England;  and 
Mr.  Kenneth  M.  Chapman  of  the  Staff  of  the  School 

Besides  the  regular  programme  of  excavation 
and  lecture  work,  there  were  walks  with  the  in 
structors  and  with  Indian  informants  for  field 
study.  A  library  was  fitted  up  with  the  most  im 
portant  works  on  American  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology.  The  Summer  School  attracted  many 
visitors,  including  scholars  of  note. 

In  the  Museum  which  was  established  under  the 
agreement  between  the  Institute  and  the  Territory 
of  New  Mexico,  rooms  devoted  to  the  antiquities 
of  the  Pajarito  Plateau  near  Santa  Fe  have  been 
installed  and  are  open  to  the  public.  For  the  pre 
sent,  special  attention  is  being  paid  to  the  building 
up  of  collections  representing  the  ancient  cultures 
of  the  Southwest.  The  other  regions  within  the 
scope  of  the  activities  of  the  School  will  be  repre 
sented  as  field  work  shall  yield  material  suitable 
for  installation.  The  intention  is  to  develop  a 
Museum  of  types,  rather  than  a  storehouse  for 

6* 


86  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

large  quantities  of  material.  One  reason  for  this 
is  that  the  surrounding  region  affords  almost  un 
limited  advantages  for  the  study  of  material  in 
place.  A  system  of  exchanges  with  the  National 
Museum  in  Washington  has  been  arranged,  and  al 
ready  some  assistance  has  been  rendered  to  the 
Affiliated  Societies  of  the  Institute  in  building  up 
local  museums;  among  these  may  be  mentioned 
the  Southwest  Museum  in  Los  Angeles,  the  collec 
tions  of  the  St.  Louis  Society  in  the  Museum  of 
Fine  Arts  in  that  city,  the  Museum  of  the  Colorado 
State  Historical  Society,  and  the  collections  of 
the  Universities  of  Colorado  and  Utah  at  Boulder 
and  Salt  Lake  City.  The  Board  of  Regents  has 
officially  approved  of  the  encouragement  of  local 
museums  and  has  directed  that  a  system  of 
museum  extension  work  be  inaugurated.  A  con 
tribution  from  Dr.  R.  W.  Corwin  of  Pueblo  pro 
vides  for  starting  this  work. 

The  plan  of  providing  the  rooms  in  the  Museum 
with  mural  decorations  to  illustrate  the  different 
cultures  has  been  carried  out  with  satisfactory  re 
sults.  This  has  been  done  with  funds  provided  by 
Mr.  Frank  Springer.  The  collections  installed, 
together  with  the  paintings,  represent  practically 
every  phase  of  the  life,  culture,  and  surroundings 
of  the  Pajaritan  people. 

The  necessary  alterations  in  the  interior  of  the 
building  have  gone  forward  as  rapidly  as  funds 
would  permit.  A  heating  plant  has  been  installed 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY  87 

at  a  cost  of  $3000  and  has  been  entirely   satisfact 
ory. 

It  is  gratifying  to  record  the  enthusiastic  in 
terest  that  has  been  taken  in  the  development  of 
the  Museum  by  the  residents  of  Santa  Fe.  From 
the  inception  of  the  plan  to  locate  the  School  of  Ar 
chaeology  in  Santa  Fe,  the  Archaeological  Society 
of  New  Mexico  has  been  active  in  advancing  its 
interests.  This  organization  carried  out  an  effect 
ive  programme  of  education,  placing  before  the 
Legislature  and  people  of  New  Mexico  the  essen 
tial  facts  bearing  upon  the  founding  of  such  an 
Institution,  and  in  time  of  need  stood  ready  with 
financial  contributions.  The  Women's  Museum 
Committee,  consisting  of  sixteen  ladies  of  Santa 
Fe,  both  independently  and  in  connection  with  the 
Woman's  Board  of  Trade  of  Santa  Fe,  has  render 
ed  important  service  and  contributed  pecuniary 
aid  in  making  the  building  ready  for  the  paintings 
and  collections  that  have  been  installed. 
2.  COLORADO 

The  excavation  and  repair  of  Balcony  House  in 
the  Mesa  Verde  National  Park  in  Colorado  was  in 
trusted  to  the  School  and  has  just  been  completed. 
This  work  was  projected  and  carried  out  with 
funds  provided  by  the  Colorado  Cliff  Dwellers  As 
sociation,  an  organization  which  has  for  many 
years  been  active  in  all  measures  looking  toward 
the  preservation  of  the  ruins  of  the  cliff  dwellings 
of  that  State.  Owing  to  the  fact  that  this  is  a  Na- 


88  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

tioniil  Park,  and  by  law  placed  under  the  jurisdic 
tion  of  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  which 
looks  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  advice  in 
all  matters  pertaining  to  science,  the  work  was 
conducted  under  the  authority  of  the  Secretaries 
of  the  Interior  and  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
It  is  a  pleasure  to  report  that  the  enterprise  pro 
ceeded  harmoniously  and  was  finished  to  the  satis 
faction  of  all  concerned.  Balcony  House  has  been 
cleared  of  all  accumulated  debris;  its  crumbling 
walls  have  been  repaired  and  placed  in  condition 
to  prevent  further  deterioration.  The  funds  for 
the  work  were  augmented  by  an  allotment  from 
the  Department  of  the  Interior. 

During  the  past  year,  the  State  University  of 
Colorado  offered  courses  of  lectures,  which  were 
open  to  members  of  the  Colorado  Society,  and  for 
which  students  received  regular  University  credit. 
These  courses  consisted  of  a  two  hours'  course  in 
General  Anthropology  by  Professor  Gilbertson  of 
the  University  Faculty;  another  two  hours'  course 
by  Mr.  Harrington  on  "The  Indian  Cultures  of  the 
Southwest;"  and  an  "Introductory  Course  in  Amer 
ican  Archaeology"  by  the  Director  of  the  School. 
In  addition  to  these  University  courses  lectures 
were  given  before  the  Societies  of  the  Institute  by 
both  Mr.  Harrington  and  the  Director  at  Boulder, 
Denver,  Colorado  Springs,  and  Pueblo. 
3.  WASHINGTON 

An  arrangement  was  made  with  the  State  Uni- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  89 

versity  of  Washington  similar  to  that  entered  into 
with  the  University  of  Colorado.  The  work  for 
1910  consisted  of  one  course  on  "The  Indians  of 
the  Northwest, "  and  another  on  "The  Science  of 
Language,  or  Linguistics,"  both  by  Mr.  Harring 
ton,  who  delivered  also  a  series  of  lectures  before 
the  Northwest  Society  of  the  Institute.  The  lect 
ure  courses  were  given  during  the  session  of  the 
University  Summer  School. 

While  stationed  in  the  Northwest  Mr.  Harring 
ton  investigated  the  Duwamish,  Suquamish,  and 
Hatchokamish  tribes,  of  Salishan  speech,  living  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  Seattle.  These  people 
are  as  yet  practically  unknown  to  science.  The 
material  obtained  is  ready  for  publication. 
4.  UTAH 

Owing  to  the  absence  of  Professor  Byron  Cum- 
mings,  who  is  spending  the  year  in  Germany,  the 
work  in  the  Navajo  Mountain  District  of  Utah  and 
Arizona  was  suspended  during  the  year  1910,  ex 
cepting  the  preparation  of  reports.  The  archae 
ological  researches  in  Utah  are  supported  by  a 
biennial  appropriation  from  the  State,  which  has 
been  augmented  by  an  annual  donation  from  Col 
onel  E.  A.  Wall.  As  a  result  of  these  expeditions, 
an  excellent  collection  from  the  cliff  dwellings  of 
southern  Utah  is  now  on  exhibition  in  the  Museum 
of  the  State  University  at  Salt  Lake  City. 
5.  CALIFORNIA 

The  work  of  the  Southwest  Societv  has  centered 


90  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

about  the  Southwest  Museum,  the  first  museum  to 
be  established  by  any  affiliated  Society  of  the  In 
stitute.  This  museum,  since  the  organization  of 
the  School,  has  worked  in  closest  cooperation 
with  it  in  ideals  and  standards.  Important  ad 
vances  have  been  made  during  the  present  year 
toward  the  consummation  of  its  aims.  A  bequest 
of  $50,000,  to  be  used  on  the  building,  has  been  an 
nounced.  Dr.  J.  A.  Munk  has  donated  to  the 
Museum  his  incomparable  library  of  Arizoniana, 
and  Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis,  founder  of  the 
Museum,  has  presented  to  it  his  invaluable  books, 
manuscripts,  and  rare  collections.  Dr.  Lummis 
has  also  arranged  to  transfer  to  the  Museum  the 
house  built  by  himself,  and  contiguous  to  the 
Museum  site;  in  this  the  Lummis  auxiliary  collec 
tions  will  remain  intact.  By  this  gift  the  accumu 
lations  of  a  lifetime  are  made  available  to  the  public 
for  all  time. 

The  Southwest  Society  is  fortunate  in  having  se 
cured  as  curator  Mr.  Hector  Alliot,  whose  work  is 
making  the  Museum  a  vital  educational  force. 
SUMMARY  OF  THE  WORK 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  work  of  all 
individuals  who  were  identified  with  the  work  of 
the  School  in  1910  as  members  of  the  staff,  stu 
dents,  or  collaborators. 

Mr.  Adolph  F.  Bandelier  has  spent  the  year  in 
preparing  for  publication  his  unpublished  notes  on 
the  history  of  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos.  The  Pea- 


SCHOOL  OF   AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY  91 

body  Museum  of  Harvard  University  has  placed  at 
his  service  the  note-books  and  manuscripts  therein 
deposited  by  him  at  the  close  of  the  Hemmenway 
expeditions  in  the  Southwest. 

Professor  Byron  Cummings,  who  has  a  leave  of 
absence  from  the  State  University  of  Utah,  is 
continuing  his  work  by  the  preparation  of  reports 
on  his  expeditions. 

Mr.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Fellow  of  the  Institute 
in  Central  American  Archaeology,  was  attached  to 
the  St.  Louis  expedition  in  Guatemala  and  Hon 
duras  during  the  winter  months,  and  spent  his 
time  in  the  study  of  the  inscriptions  at  Quirigua 
and  Copan.  During  the  spring  and  summer  he 
was  with  the  Rio  Grande  expeditions  in  New 
Mexico.  The  fall  months  he  has  spent  in  the 
preparation  of  his  papers  for  publication.  Mr. 
Morley  will  soon  have  finished  his  work  on  the 
orientation  of  Maya  temples,  after  which  he  will 
devote  his  time  to  the  preparation  of  a  corpus  of 
Maya  glyphs. 

Besides  his  work  in  the  State  of  Washington  al 
ready  referred  to,  Mr.  John  P.  Harrington  has  de 
voted  his  energies  chiefly  to  the  linguistic  and 
other  ethnological  investigations  of  the  Rio  Grande 
Pueblos.  A  season  was  spent  among  the  Utes  of 
Southern  Colorado.  His  study  of  the  Shoshonean 
language  has  been  extended  to  the  Hopi  and  Paiute. 

Mr.  A.  V.  Kidder,  Austin  Teaching  Fellow  in 
Harvard  University,  who,  for  some  season  past, 


92  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

has  been  connected  with  the  summer  field  work  of 
the  School,  made  ready  a  paper  on  his  excavations 
at  Cave  Springs,  Utah,  in  1908,  and  this  has  been 
published  as  No.  15  of  the  Papers  of  the  School. 
He  is  now  in  Santa  Fe,  studying  the  ceramic  art  of 
the  Pueblos. 

Miss  Barbara  Freire-Marreco,  Fellow  of  Somer- 
ville  College,  Oxford,  spent  the  summer  at  the  ex 
cavations  in  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  and  the  early 
fall  at  the  Pueblo  of  Santa  Clara;  from  this  point 
other  villages  of  the  Pueblos  were  visited.  Her 
time  during  the  late  fall  and  winter  months  is  be 
ing  devoted  to  field  work  among  the  tribes  in  the 
Colorado  Basin.  Miss  Freire-Marreco' s  line  of 
study  is  social  anthropology,  with  especial  refer 
ence,  in  her  Study  of  the  American  Indians,  to  the 
evolution  of  authority. 

Professor  Junius  Henderson,  Curator  of  the 
Museum  of  the  State  University  of  Colorado,  came 
to  the  camp  in  New  Mexico  in  August,  and  took 
up  a  study  of  the  geological  history  of  the  Pajarito 
region,  together  with  an  investigation  of  its  ani 
mal  life.  He  conducted  lectures  and  excursions  at 
the  Summer  School  in  these  subjects. 

Mr.  W .  W.  Robbins,  of  the  Department  of  Biology 
in  the  State  University  of  Colorado,  spent  the  month 
of  August  in  studying  the  vegetation  of  the  Pa 
jarito  Plateau,  giving  lectures  at  the  School,  and 
conducting  excursions.  He  and  Professor  Hender 
son  have  prepared  the  reports  on  the  natural  his- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  93 

tory  of  the  region,  and  have  undertaken  the  task 
of  identifying  upwards  of  four  thousand  specimens 
of  animal  bones  that  have  been  found  in  the  exca 
vations  at  Puye  and  Tyuonyi.  In  collaboration 
with  Mr.  Harrington,  Mr.  Robbins  has  prepared  a 
report  on  the  ethno-botany  of  the  Pajarito  Plateau. 

Mr.  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  Museum  Assistant,  ac 
companied  the  St.  Louis  Expedition  to  Guatemala 
and  Honduras,  doing  the  photographic  work,  and 
preparing  the  plans  for  setting  up  the  monuments 
at  Quirigua.  He  had  charge  of  the  photographic 
and  reconstruction  work  at  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles 
during  the  summer,  and  in  the  fall  was  assigned 
the  supervision  of  the  repairs  on  Balcony  House, 
Mesa  Verde  National  Park;  in  this  difficult  task  he 
had  the  efficient  assistance  of  his  father,  Mr.  E.  M. 
Nusbaum.  His  most  responsible  work  during  the 
year  has  been  the  supervision  of  alterations  and 
reconstruction  in  the  Governor's  Palace,  in  adapt 
ing  it  to  the  use  of  the  School  and  Museum. 

Mr.  Kenneth  M.  Chapman  has  served  the  School 
as  Secretary  and  has  had  charge  of  the  map  mak 
ing,  drafting,  and  other  illustrative  work  in  con 
nection  with  the  publication  of  the  papers.  He  is 
also  studying  the  decorative  art  of  the  ancient  Pa- 
jaritan  peoples. 

Mr.  Carl  Lotave  has  done  the  decorative  work  in 
the  Museum  rooms  that  have  been  finished,  com 
prising  in  all  nine  large  canvases  and  eight  small 
ones,  illustrating  the  culture  and  environment  of 


94          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

the  ancient  people  of  Puye  and  El  Rito  de  los  Fri- 
joles.  He  has  finished  three  large  canvases  for 
the  historic  corridor  of  the  Palace,  representing 
the  successive  epochs  of  the  civilization  of  the 
Southwest.  The  first  is  a  scene  depicting  the  set 
tlement  on  the  site  of  Santa  Fe  in  the  period  pre 
ceding  the  Spanish  Conquest.  The  second,  intend 
ed  to  illustrate  the  occupation  of  the  Southwest  by 
the  Spaniards,  represents  the  entrance  of  the  Con 
queror  De  Vargas  into  Santa  Fe  on  the  16th  of 
December,  1693.  The  third,  the  coming  of  the 
Americans,  portrays  the  progress  of  a  caravan 
over  the  Santa  Fe  Trail.  The  mural  decorations 
by  Mr.  Lotave  have  attracted  much  favorable  com 
ment. 

Mr.  Neil  M.  Judd,  student  of  the  University  of 
Utah,  joined  the  School  at  the  beginning  of  the 
Rio  Grande  Expedition  and  remained  in  the  field 
until  September.  Mr.  Judd  has  been  associated 
with  each  of  the  expeditions  in  Southern  Utah  in 
the  past  three  years.  In  addition  to  his  work  as  a 
student  of  ethnology  and  archaeology,  he  this  year 
served  as  disbursing  officer  for  the  Rio  Grande  Ex 
pedition. 

Mr.  Donald  Beauregard,  who  was  formerly  a 
student  of  the  University  of  Utah,  and  is  now 
Supervisor  of  Art  in  the  City  Schools  of  Ogden, 
was  last  year  attached  to  the  expedition  in  South 
ern  Utah.  This  year  he  joined  the  Rio  Grande 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  95 

Expedition   and   rendered   valuable   assistance  in 
connection  with  the  excavations. 

Miss  Maud  Woy,  teacher  of  history  in  the  Wol- 
cott  School,  Denver,  joined  the  Summer  School  as 
a  student  in  July  and  continued  to  the  close  of  the 
season,  afterwards  visiting  the  Pueblos  of  San 
lldefonso  and  Taos. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Adams  of  Greeley,  Colorado,  had  charge 
of  the  topographical  survey  of  the  Ojo  Caliente 
Valley  and  of  the  eafion  of  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles 
during  the  summer,  and  afterward  assisted  with  the 
surveyingand  reconstruction  work  at  Balcony  House. 

Mr.  Nathan  Goldsmith  of  St.  Louis,  a  student  at 
Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  assisted  Mr.  Adams 
with  the  surveying  during  the  entire  summer. 

By  an  arrangement  with  the  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  all  the  skeletons  obtained 
in  the  excavations  in  the  Southwest,  now  number 
ing  several  hundred  specimens,  are  sent  to  the 
United  States  National  Museum  and  placed  in 
charge  of  Dr.  A.  Hrdlicka,  who  will  prepare 
the  somatological  report. 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 

The  Second  campaign  in  Central  America,  under 
the  auspices  of  the  St.  Louis  Society,  will  take  the 
field  January  1,  1911,  and  begin  excavations  at 
Quirigua  in  Guatemala.  For  this  work  liberal  as 
sistance  has  been  offered  also  by  the  United  Fruit 
Company.  The  field  work  will  continue  four 
months. 


96          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

On  the  first  of  January,  Mr.  Harrington  with  a 
number  of  assistants  will  go  to  the  Colorado  Basin 
for  the  purpose  of  finishing  the  work  on  the  Yu- 
man  tribes  previously  commenced  by  him.  This 
work  is  in  collaboration  with  the  Bureau  of  Ameri 
can  Ethnology. 

In  May,  the  Utah  Society  will  resume  work  in  the 
Navajo  Mountain  District  of  Southern  Utah  and 
Northern  Arizona,  with  Oljato,  Utah  the  field  base. 

The  ethnological  and  archaeological  survey  of 
the  Rio  Grande  Valley,  inaugurated  this  year  in 
collaboration  with  the  Bureau  of  American  Eth 
nology,  will  be  continued  throughout  the  coming' 
year.  The  principal  excavations  will  be  in  the 
Jemez  District. 

The  citizens  of  Seattle  have  raised  funds  for  in 
vestigations  among  the  Indians  of  the  Northwest. 
This  work  will  be  conducted  by  Mr.  Harrington, 

The  lecture  courses  at  the  University  of  Colorado 
will  be  continued  during  the  present  academic  year 
under  the  same  conditions  as  last  year. 

A  Summer  School  in  the  field  will  be  held  during 
the  month  of  August  at  the  canon  of  El  Rito  de 
los  Frijoles.  Arrangements  are  being  made  for  a 
considerable  extension  of  this  work.  In  addition 
to  the  regular  courses  in  American  archaeology 
and  ethnology,  lectures  will  be  given  by  a  number 
of  visiting  scholars.  Special  annonncements  of 
the  Summer  School  will  be  sent  on  request. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 
Santa  Fe,  November  15,  1910. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  97 


X. 

Chairman's  Statement 
1911 

To  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 

America: 

Gentlemen, — Although  it  is  only  i?our  years  since 
the  Council  authorized  the  establishment  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology,  yet  within  this 
brief  period  the  influence  it  has  exerted  and  the 
stimulus  it  has  given  to  the  study  of  Ancient 
America  have  indicated  that  the  formation  of  the 
School  was  timely;  it  has  not  only  filled  a  need,  but 
has  helped  to  round  out  the  work  of  the  Institute 
in  the  broad  field  of  Archaeology. 

The  School  was  founded  to  give  to  qualified  stud 
ents  facilities  to  supplement  their  college  studies 
by  field  experience  and  research,  and  the  response 
to  the  opportunities  that  the  School  has  been  able 
to  offer  has  been  most  gratifying.  By  cooperation 
with  the  United  States  Bureau  of  American  Eth 
nology,  with  certain  of  the  state  universities  and 
with  Affiliated  Societies  of  the  Institute,  it  has 
been  possible  to  inaugurate  and  pursue  systematic 
investigations  within  a  considerable  portion  of  the 
southwestern  part  of  the  United  States,  thus 
avoiding  duplication  of  effort  with  consequent 


98  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

saving  of  time  and  money  and  the  securing  of  bet 
ter  results. 

The  generous  contribution  of  the  St.  Louis  Socie 
ty  of  the  Institute  toward  explorations  in  Central 
America  and  the  substantial  aid  given  by  the  Unit 
ed  Fruit  Company,  the  owners  of  the  land  on 
which  stand  the  ruins  of  Quirigua,  are  making  pos 
sible  a  thorough  investigation  of  that  ancient  city, 
under  the  Institute's  Director  of  American  Archae 
ology,  which  promises  to  add  an  instructive  chap 
ter  to  the  history  of  that  section  of  our  continent. 
The  work  at  Quirigua  has  been  carried  on  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  ruins  will  be  made  to  tell  all 
that  is  possible  to  learn  from  them  concerning  the 
former  inhabitants,  and  the  temples,  sculptures, 
and  monuments  will  be  left  under  such  conditions 
as  will  insure,  so  far  as  possible,  their  protection 
from  the  elements  and  from  vandalism. 

The  School  from  its  beginning  adopted  a  three 
fold  method  in  the  pursuit  of  its  investigations: 
namely,  a  study  of  the  monuments  of  antiquity; 
the  use  of  documentary  history  relating  to  the  re 
gion  where  they  are  located;  and  ethnological  re 
search  among  the  native  people  living  in  the  vicin 
ity.  This  method  has  already  given  evidence  of 
its  value.  To  these  three  aspects  of  work  under 
taken,  a  fourth  has  been  added,  the  importance  of 
which  has  appealed  to  the  Director  and  the  Manag 
ing  Committee,  that  is,  the  making  of  adequate 
provision  for  preservation  of  all  ruins  that  are  ex- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY  99 

amined.  The  generations  that  are  to  follow  us 
have  a  right  to  look  upon  and  to  study  those  silent 
memorials  of  a  common  past,  a  right  which  we  are 
bound  to  respect  and  to  guard. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Managing  Committee 
of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology  was  held 
in  August  at  Santa  Fe  and  at  the  camp  by  the  Rito 
de  los  Frijoles.  It  was  well  attended,  and  several 
days  were  given  to  conferences  upon  the  welfare 
of  the  School.  The  office  of  Vice-Chairman  was 
created  and  filled  by  the  election  of  Professor  Wm. 
H.  Holmes,  Head  Curator  of  Anthropology  in  the 
United  States  National  Museum.  Standing  Com 
mittees  were  appointed  on  the  scientific  and  the 
educational  work  of  the  School,  on  the  Museum  and 
on  Finance.  Plans  were  formed  which  will  have 
as  their  purpose  the  strengthening  of  the  School 
along  all  the  lines  of  its  activities  and  tend  to  bring 
about  an  intelligent  awakening  to  the  value  of  ar 
chaeological  study. 

During  the  month  of  August  a  Summer  Session 
of  the  School  was  held  in  Santa  Fe  and  at  the 
Excavation  Camp  by  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles. 
Lectures  were  given  on  classical  and  oriental  Arch 
aeology,  as  well  as  various  branches  of  Ameri 
can  Archaeology.  The  excavation  of  the  elliptical 
communal  dwelling  by  the  Rito  was  continued; 
it  will  be  completed  in  another  season.  The  at 
tendance  on  the  courses  and  the  interest  manifest 
ed  were  such  that  the  Managing  Committee  auth- 


100        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

orized  the  Director  to  make  arrangements    for   a 
similar  session  to  be  held  in  August,  1912. 

The  restoration  of  the  '  'Governor's  Palace"  has 
gone  forward  in  a  highly  satisfactory  manner.  The 
architectural  peculiarities  of  the  old  "Palace"  have 
been  conserved  and  that  portion  of  the  structure 
now  occupied  by  the  School  has  been  made  sanitary 
and  fireproof.  All  this  work  upon  the  Palace  has 
been  greatly  facilitated  by  the  cordial  and  efficient 
assistance  rendered  by  the  citizens  of  Santa  Fe  and 
of  the  State.  Through  the  liberality  of  the  Hon. 
Frank  Springer  the  linguistic  library  of  the  late 
Professor  Franz  Nikalaus  Finck  has  been  acquired 
and  is  at  present  installed  in  the  Palace;  by  the 
generous  gift  of  Miss  Anna  L.  Wolcott  the  labora 
tory  is  equipped  with  the  Rousselot  apparatus. 
The  Museum,  the  laboratories,  and  the  library 
within  this  historic  building  all  bid  fair  to  become 
worthy  of  the  fostering  care  of  the  School  and  to 
redound  to  the  credit  of  the  Institute. 

The  accompanying  report  of  the  Director  pre 
sents  the  work  carried  on  during  the  year. 
Respectfully  submitted, 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER,  Chairman 


SCHOOL  OP  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          101 


XI.         ..-         . 

Beport  of  the  Director 
1911 

To  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology: 

I  beg  leave  to  submit  the  following  report  of  the 
activities  of  the  School  for  the  year  1911: 
I.  EXPEDITIONS 

1.    The  Excavations  at  Quirigua. 

At  the  beginning  of  January,  1911,  the  second 
expedition  to  Quirigua  took  the  field.  The  Director 
was  accompanied  by  Sylvanus  G.  Morley  and  Jesse 
L.  Nusbaum  of  the  regular  staff  of  the  School  and 
J.  P.  Adams,  Surveyor.  Later  the  expedition  was 
joined  by  Charles  F.  Lummis  and  his  son,  Quimu. 

The  work  of  the  season  consisted  of  (1)  the 
building  of  a  permanent,  comfortable  house,  (2) 
the  complete  clearing  of  the  jungle  from  the  area 
to  be  excavated  (approximately  twenty  acres) ,  (3) 
the  beginning  of  the  excavation  of  the  Temple 
Court,  and  (4)  an  examination  of  the  historic  ar 
chives  in  Guatemala  City  by  Mr.  Lummis. 

The  expedition  remained  in  the  field  four  months. 
A  preliminary  report  was  published  in  the  June 
number  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Institute.  The  de 
tailed  financial  report  was  transmitted  September 


102        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

27  to  the  Chaivinan   of  the  Committee  on  Central 

\* American  jfex-ayations  of  the  St.  Louis  Society, 

.  and. the.. .Gener.al  Manager    of  the   United    Fruit 

A ;  :€bjn#any,  thsse'lwo  organizations  having  defrayed 

the  cost  of  the  expedition    by    contributions  of 

equal  amount. 

The  work  at  Quirigua  is  attracting  an  increasing 
number  of  visitors.  Many  officers  and  travellers 
from  the  steamships  touching  at  Puerto  Barrios 
avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  to  run  out  to 
see  the  excavations.  It  was  of  especial  satisfac 
tion  to  the  staff  that  the  ruins  were  visited,  at  the 
beginning  of  the  season,  by  Mr.  D.  I.  Bushnell, 
Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Central  American 
Excavations  of  the  St.  Louis  Society,  and  later 
after  the  work  was  well  under  way,  by  Dr.  Charles 
F.  Lnmmis  of  the  Managing  Committee  of  the 
School  and  by  several  of  the  officers  of  the  United 
Fruit  Company. 

2.    The  Excavations  in  the  Rio  Grande  Drainage. 

The  field  work  in  New  Mexico  consisted  of  (1)  a 
short  season  of  excavation  in  the  cafton  of  El 
Rito  de  Los  Frijoles  in  connection  with  the  Sum 
mer  School,  during  which  the  uncovering  of  the 
elliptical  community  house  of  Tyuonyi  was  consid 
erably  advanced,  and  (2)  the  work  in  the  Jemez 
district  in  cooperation  with  the  Bureau  of  Ameri 
can  Ethnology.  The  scene  of  this  season's  excava 
tion  is  upon  the  high  mesa  overlooking  the  Jemez 
valley  at  the  Hot  Springs.  The  site  is  known  as 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         103 

Amoxiumqua.  From  the  rim  of  the  cafton  near 
by  one  looks  down  upon  the  ruins  of  the  old  San 
Diego  mission,  one  of  the  two  oldest  mission 
churches  in  the  United  States;  it  dates  from  about 
1617. 

The  tradition  that  Amoxiumqua  was  an  inhabit 
ed  town  and  under  the  influence  of  a  priest  in  the 
early  part  of  the  seventeenth  century  was  verified 
by  the  finding  of  Venetian  beads  in  the  graves.  The 
principal  ruins  now  visible  appear  to  overlie  a  town 
of  much  greater  antiquity. 

The  expedition  was  under  the  joint  direction  of 
Mr.  F.  W.  Hodge,  Ethnologist  in  charge  of  the 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  and  the  Director 
of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology. 

3.  The  Excavation  in  the  San  Juan  Drainage. 

In  July  Dean  Byron  Cummings  of  the  State  Uni 
versity  of  Utah  returned  to  the  Navajo  Mountain 
district  on  the  Arizona-Utah  line  to  continue  the 
work  in  which  he  has  been  engaged  for  the  past 
four  years.  He  finished  the  excavation  of  the 
great  cliff  house,  Be-ta-ta-kin,  commenced  in  1909 
and  suspended  in  December  of  that  year  on  the 
coming  of  winter.  The  museum  of  the  University 
of  Utah  has  been  greatly  enriched  by  the  results 
of  Dean  Cummings' s  work. 

4.  The  Expedition  to  the  Colorado  Basin. 

The  expedition  for  the  study  of  the  Mohave  In 
dians  was  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  John  P.  Har 
rington  of  the  regular  staff  of  the  School,  assisted 


104        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

by  Professor  Junius  Henderson,  naturalist,  of  the 
University  of  Colorado,  and  Professor  W.  W.  Rob- 
bins,  botanist  of  the  State  Agricultural  College  of 
Colorado.  This  is  a  part  of  the  joint  work  with 
the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Mr.  Harrington  remained  in  the  field  about  six 
months,  studying  the  language,  material  culture, 
sociology,  mythology,  and  religion  of  the  Mohave 
and  making  collections.  The  environment  of  the 
tribe  was  studied  and  reported  on  by  his  associates. 
II.  THE  SUMMER  SCHOOL 

A  summer  session  was  held  during  the  month  of 
August.  It  commenced  with  two  weeks  of  lectures 
in  Santa  Fe,  with  short  field  excursions  for  the 
study  of  the  antiquities  of  the  city  and  vicinity. 
This  was  followed  by  two  weeks  of  lecture  and 
field  work  in  the  canon  of  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles. 

Excursions  were  made  by  small  parties  to  the 
ruins  of  Pecos,  Puye,  the  shrine  of  the  Stone 
Pumas,  and  the  Painted  Cave.  A  special  train  was 
run  to  Santo  Domingo  on  August  4  to  witness  the 
Green  Corn  Dance,  the  most  important  of  the  sur 
viving  summer  ceremonies  of  the  Pueblos. 

The  lectures  at  the  encampment  at  the  Rito 
were  illustrated  by  daily  walks  to  witness  the  ex 
cavations  in  progress  and  to  study  the  ruins  un 
covered  in  previous  years,  the  talus  towns,  the 
great  ceremonial  cave,  sanctuaries,  cliff  houses, 
burial  crypts,  etc. 

The  central  idea  of  the   summer  course    was  a 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        105 

comparative    study    of   culture.     The    following 
courses  were  presented: 

"The  Ancient  Semites, "  by  Dr.  Lewis  B.  Paton, 

Hartford  Theological  Seminary. 
"Greek  Civilization, "  by  Dr.   Mitchell  Carroll, 

Archaeological  Institute  of  America. 
"Culture  History  and  Education/'  by  Professor 

Frank  E.  Thompson,  State  University  of  Colo. 
"The  Ancient  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellers,"  by 

Director  Hewett. 
"The  Mohave,"  by  Mr.    John  P.  Harrington, 

School  of  American  Archaeology. 
"The  Evolution  of  Design    in   Ancient  Pueblo 

Art,"   by   Kenneth  M.    Chapman,  School  of 

American  Archaeology. 

The  following  Sunday  night  lectures  were  given 
at  the  Hall  of  Representatives,  Capitol  Building,  in 
Santa  Fe: 

'  'Jerusalem  in  the  Time  of  Christ, ' '  Dr.  Lewis  B. 

Paton. 
"The    First  Three  Centuries  of  Christianity," 

Dr.  E.  D.  McQueen  Gray,  University  of  New 

Mexico. 

"Paul  at  Athens,"  Dr.  Mitchell  Can-oil. 
"Holy    Cities  of    Ancient   America,"    Director 

Hewett. 

The  total  enrollment  was  78.    The  daily  attend 
ance,   both  in  Santa  Fe  and  in  the   encampment, 
varied  from  40  to  60. 
A  particularly  gratifying  feature  of  the  Summer 


106         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

School  was  the  coming  together  of  so  many 
members  of  the  Managing  Committee  and  Board 
of  Regents  for  official  meetings  to  witness  the 
scientific  and  educational  work  of  the  School,  in 
spect  the  Museum  and  excavations,  and  consider 
future  lines  of  activity.  The  officers  present  were 
Miss  Fletcher,  Chairman  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee,  Justice  McFie,  President  of  the  Board  of  Re 
gents,  Governor  Mills,  Secretary  Jaffa,  Mr. 
Springer,  Dr.  Corwin,  Dr.  Lummis,  Secretary  Car 
roll,  Ex-Ccngressman  Lacey,  Mr.  Hodge,  and  Dr. 
Paton. 

III.  MUSEUM  WORK 

The  restoration  and  repair  of  the  old  Palace  of 
the  Governors  has  been  greatly  advanced  through 
the  generosity  of  a  number  of  citizens  of  New 
Mexico;  the  funds  necessary  for  this  purpose  were 
subscribed  as  Life  Memberships.  The  work  has 
consisted  of  the  removal  of  all  modern  woodwork, 
plaster,  and  papering  and  the  restoration  of  walls, 
doors,  and  windows  in  cement  and  concrete,  fol 
lowing  the  style  of  three  hundred  years  ago.  New 
foundations  of  stone  and  concrete  were  inserted 
where  needed,  insecure  walls  reenforced,  the  an 
cient  vigas  (ceiling  beams)  brought  to  light,  ancient 
fireplaces  uncovered  and  restored.  When  the 
Palace  was  turned  over  to  the  School  and  Museum 
by  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico  it  was  with  the  in- 
juction  that  it  should  become  '  'a  monument  to  the 
Spanish  founders  of  the  civilization  of  the  south- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         107 

west/'  The  Director  and  two  members  of  the 
staff,  Messrs.  Chapman  and  Nusbaum,  then  pre 
pared  plans  for  the  restoration  and  repair  of  the 
building  in  accord  with  this  ideal.  The  effort  has 
been  to  make  every  architectural  feature  historic 
ally  true  and  render  the  structure  as  nearly  im 
perishable  as  possible.  The  plan  has  been  carried 
out  with  fidelity  and  skill  by  Mr.  Nusbaum. 

Fifteen  rooms  have  thus  been  put  in  order,  in 
cluding  offices,  reception  room,  library  and  lecture 
room,  museum  halls,  laboratories  and  studios.  This 
includes  practically  the  entire  Palace,  with  the  ex 
ception  of  the  rooms  occupied  by  the  New  Mexico 
Historical  Society.  Nothing  has  been  done  as  yet 
toward  the  restoration  and  repair  of  the  exterior. 

Archaeological  collections  are  being  acquired 
faster  than  they  can  be  displayed.  Three  museum 
halls  are  now  installed,  all  devoted  to  the  archae 
ology  of  the  Pajarito  Plateau,  New  Mexico.  Office 
furniture  and  new  plate  glass  cases  have  been  pro 
vided.  The  museum  is  kept  open  every  day  in  the 
year,  and  is  frequented  by  a  large  number  of  visi 
tors. 

Probably  no  other  museum  of  its  size  in  the 
country  has  made  itself  felt  more  effectively  as  an 
educational  force  in  the  local  community  than  the 
Southwest  Museum  in  Los  Angeles.  Not  only  are 
the  museum  rooms  in  the  Hamburger  building  fre 
quented  by  many  visitors,  but  large  numbers  of 


108        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

public  school  children  in  classes  come  for  instruc 
tion.  Furthermore,  the  curator,  Dr.  Hector  Al- 
liott,  carries  the  benefits  of  the  museum  to  the 
public  by  frequent  lectures  on  art,  technology,  and 
archaeology  in  the  public  schools,  to  teachers'  and 
women's  clubs.  Arrangements  are  now  being 
made  to  systematize  this  work  and  make  it  a  vital 
part  of  the  educational  system  of  the  city. 

The  quarters  now  occupied  by  the  museum  are 
altogether  inadequate.  This  defect  is  in  a  fair 
way  to  be  remedied.  The  money  has  now  been 
raised  to  pay  for  the  splendid  museum  site,  and 
there  has  thus  become  available  a  bequest  of  $50,  - 
000  for  the  erection  of  the  first  museum  hall. 

The  museum  is  well  equipped  with  library  facili 
ties;  it  has  become  the  recipient  of  the  Dr.  Munk 
library  of  Arizoniana,  to  which  Dr.  Munk  is  con 
tinually  adding  new  purchases. 

The  collections  of  the  museum  are  as  effectively 
displayed  as  the  limited  floor  space  will  permit, 
and  a  large  amount  of  valuable  material  lies  in 
storage  awaiting  the  erection  of  the  new  building. 
The  institution  is  adhering  to  the  best  museum 
standards,  scientifically  and  artistically.  It  has 
always  worked  in  closest  harmony  with  the  School. 
IV.  EDUCATIONAL  WORK 

In  conjunction  with  the  School,  the  University 
of  Colorado  offers  courses  for  which  students  re 
ceive  regular  University  credit.     These  consist  of 
a  course  in  "General  Anthropology,"  by  Professor 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         109 

Thompson,  of  the  University  Faculty;  a  two  hour 
course  by  Mr.  Harrington  on  "The  Indians  of  the 
Southwest,"  and  an  '  Introductory  Course  in  Amer 
ican  Archaeology"  by  the  Director.  These  courses 
are  all  well  attended. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Managing  Com 
mittee  in  August,  it  was  voted  to  try  a  system  of 
extension  work.  The  first  course  was  opened  in 
Los  Angeles  under  the  auspices  of  the  Southwest 
Society,  in  October.  It  consisted  of  one  lecture 
each  by  Dr.  Benjamin  W.  Bacon,  of  Yale  Univer 
sity,  Dr.  George  Lansing  Raymond,  formerly  of 
Princeton  University,  and  Dr.  Hector  Alliott;  eight 
lectures  were  given  by  the  Director  of  the  School, 
two  of  the  latter  being  delivered  in  San  Diego. 
The  lectures  were  in  the  Arrow  Theatre  in  Los 
Angeles,  and  were  attended  by  audiences  of  from 
300  to  700  people. 

Another  form  of  extension  work  now  in  opera 
tion  is  that  of  prepared  illustrated  lectures  sent  to 
schools  and  societies  arranged  in  regular  circuits. 
The  lectures  in  circulation  are  on  the  following- 
subjects: 

'  The  Origin  of  the  American  Indians. ' ' 
"The  Ancient  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellers. " 
"The  Mayas." 

"The  Indians  of  the  Southwest." 
V.    SUMMARY  OF  THE  WORK  of  INDIVIDUALS 
Mr.  Ad.  F.   Bandelier  has  handed  in  ready  for 
publication  Parts  I,  II.  and  III  of  his  work  on  "The 


110         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Documentary  History  of  the  Rio  Grande  Pueblos. ' ' 

Professor  Byron  Cummings  has  finished  his  ex 
cavation  of  Be-ta-ta-kin  and  brought  out  two 
papers,  "The  Pre-Historic  Inhabitants  of  the  San 
Juan  Valley,"  and  "The  Great  Natural  Bridges  of 
Southern  Utah. " 

Mr.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Fellow  in  Centra) 
American  Archaelogy,  spent  the  first  half  of  the 
year  on  work  in  connection  with  the  Quirigua  ex 
pedition  and  the  last  half  in  the  preparation  of 
"An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Maya 
Glyphs,"  now  ready  for  publication.  He  has  also 
made  substantial  progress  on  the  corpus  of  Maya 
glyphs. 

Mr.  John  P.  Harrington  spent  half  the  year  in 
the  field  studying  the  Mohave  Indians;  the  re 
mainder  has  been  devoted  to  work  on  two  mono 
graphs,  "The  Mohave,"  and  "Tewa  Ethno-geo- 
graphy,"  both  of  which  will  be  ready  for  publica 
tion  soon. 

Professor  Junius  Henderson  has  prepared  the 
work  on  climate,  geology,  and  zoology  to  accom 
pany  the  publication  on  "Tewa  Environment"  and 
the  same  for  Mr.  Harrington's  paper  on  "The 
Mohave." 

Professor  W.  W.  Robbins  has  prepared  the  bota 
nical  work  to  accompany  the  two  papers  above 
mentioned. 

Mr.  Kenneth  M.  Chapman  has  performed  the 
duties  of  Secretary  during  part  of  the  year  and 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         111 

has  prepared  a  study  of  the  evolution  of  design  on 
the  ancient  Pajaritan  pottery.  He  is  now  on  leave 
of  absence  for  a  year  to  pursue  his  art  studies. 

Mr.  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum  gave  half  the  year  to  the 
Quirigua  expedition.  He  then  spent  some  months 
on  the  restoration  and  repair  of  the  Palace.  He  is 
now  on  leave  of  absence  for  a  year  in  Washington, 
D.  C.,  studying  in  the  national  Museum  and 
George  Washington  University. 

Mr.  Neil  Judd,  who  worked  under  the  direction 
of  the  School  for  several  seasons,  now  has  a  posi 
tion  in  the  National  Museum  at  Washington. 

Miss  Barbara  Freire-Marreco  returned  to  Eng 
land  in  March  after  spending  the  greater  part  of  a 
year  in  the  study  of  the  Tewa  and  Yavapai.  She 
has  in  course  of  preparation  a  Bulletin  on  the  lat 
ter  tribe.  She  has  during  the  past  season  present 
ed  courses  of  lectures  at  Oxford  University  and 
the  University  of  London.  Miss  Freire-Marreco 
has  been  granted  a  renewal  of  the  travelling  fel 
lowship  by  the  authorities  of  Somerville  College, 
Oxford,  with  an  increased  stipend  for  the  purpose 
of  returning  to  New  Mexico  to  continue  her  studies 
next  year. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Adams  accompanied  the  expedition  to 
Quirigua  as  Surveyor  and  at  the  close  of  the  ex 
pedition  accepted  a  position  with  the  United  States 
Government  on  the  International  Boundary  Survey. 

Miss  Maud  Woy  again  spent  the  summer  with 
the  School  on  Pueblo  work  in  the  Southwest. 


112         SCHOOL  OFAMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Mr.  Nathaniel  Goldsmith  again  assisted  with  the 
excavations  in  the  Jemez  district  during  the  sum 
mer,  returning  to  his  studies  at  Cornell  University 
in  September. 

Mr.  F.  W.  Henry  acted  as  Assistant  Secretary  at 
the  Museum  and  in  the  field  during  the  session  of 
the  Summer  School. 

Mrs.  D.  A.  Wood  occupied  the  position  of  Muse 
um  Assistant  up  to  September  and  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  elected 
Librarian. 

VI.    LIBRARY 

Aside  from  the  usual  accessions  in  the  nature  of 
reports,  exchanges,  etc.,  the  library  owes  its  de 
velopment  almost  entirely  to  the  interest  of  Mr. 
Frank  Springer.  Early  in  the  year  he  purchased 
for  the  use  of  the  School  the  library  of  the  late  Dr. 
Franz  Nikalaus  Finck,  professor  of  general  linguis 
tics  at  the  University  of  Berlin.  The  collection  has 
been  received  and  is  installed  in  the  new  library 
room  of  the  Palace. 

Professor  Finck  collected  during  his  lifetime  a 
well  balanced  assortment  of  books  dealing  with  gen 
eral  linguistics  and  kindred  subjects.  The  library 
includes  about  twenty-five  hundred  volumes.  The 
collections  on  Caucasic  and  Oceanic  languages  are 
practically  exhaustive.  The  Indo-Germanic,  Indo- 
Iranian,  Armenian,  Keltic,  Germanic,  and  Slavic 
are  well  represented.  There  is  a  good  representa 
tion  of  the  Greek,  Latin,  and  Romanic  languages. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         113 

The  Semitic  collection  includes  about  fifty  volumes. 
On  Hamitic  and  other  African  languages  there  are 
about  two  hundred  volumes.  The  Ural-Altaic,  Jap 
anese,  Elarnitic,  Lycian,  Etruscan,  Ligurian,  Rhae- 
tian  and  Basque  are  represented.  There  is  also  a 
good  assortment  on  general  ethnology  and  anthro 
pology. 

Mr.  Springer  has  also  provided  for  the  purchase 
of  material  relating  to  the  history,  ethnology,  and 
languages  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  and  the 
result  has  been  a  rare  and  valuable  collection. 
Maya,  Quiche,  Cakchiqudel,  Nahuatl,  Zapotec,  Hu- 
astec,  and  Otomi  languages  are  represented.  Es 
pecially  noteworthy  is  a  number  of  original  manu 
scripts,  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centu 
ries,  embracing  grammars,  vocabularies,  and  dis 
courses  in  the  native  Central  American  languages. 
VII.  MUSEUM  DECORATIONS 

The  art  interests  of  the  Museum  have  also  claim 
ed  the  generous  interest  of  Mr.  Springer.  At  his 
expense  the  rooms  representing  the  ancient  cul 
tures  of  Puye  and  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  were  pro 
vided  with  mural  decorations  and  the  paintings, 
representing  the  three  epochs  of  southwestern  his 
tory  were  made  for  the  vestibule  of  the  Palace. 
Another  contribution  was  made  for  the  painting  of 
the  most  important  of  the  old  Mission  ruins  of  New 
Mexico,  viz;  Pecos,Jemez,  Abo,  Quarai,  andTabira 
(Gran  Quivira),  for  the  library  and  lecture  room. 
8 


114         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

These  noble  ruins  antedate  the  oldest  of  the  Cali 
fornia  missions  by  more  than  a  century  and  a  half. 
The  work  has  just  been  finished  by  Mr.  Karl  Flei 
scher,  a  young  Austrian  artist. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 
Santa  Fe,  November  1,  1911. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         115 


XII. 

Chairman's  Statement 
1912 

To   the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute    of 

America: 

Gentleman, — The  School  of  American  Archa 
eology  has  continued  during  the  past  year  ts  co 
operative  field  work,  and  carried  on  the  various 
activities  authorized  by  the  Managing  Committee 
with  encouraging  results. 

According  to  the  by-laws  of  the  Committee, 
seven  members  must  retire  each  year.  The  fol 
lowing  persons  were  elected  for  the  ensuing  four 
years,  and  confirmed  by  the  Council  of  the  Insti 
tute  at  its  thirty-second  annual  meeting:  George 
Bryce,  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  William  H.  Holmes, 
Lewis  B.  Paton,  Joseph  Scott,  Frank  Springer, 
H.  L.  Wilson,  Anna  L.  Wolcott. 

The  Chairmanship  of  the  Managing  Committee 
has  passed  to  the  able  hands  of  Professor  William 
H.  Holmes,  with  every  assurance  of  the  increased 
influence  and  prosperity  of  the  School. 

In  offering  this  my  last  annual  report,  permit 
me  to  acknowledge  the  unfailing  help  I  have  re 
ceived  from  the  members  of  the  managing  Com 
mittee  in  the  tasks  that  have  fallen  to  my  official 


116         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

position,  and  also  my  appreciation  of  the  generous 
treatment  accorded  to  the  Committee  and  to  the 
School  by  the  officers  and  Council  of  the  Institute. 
The  accompanying  report  of  the  Director  gives 
an  account  of  the  activities  of  the  School  during 
the  past  year. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER,  Chairman. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         117 


XIII. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1912 

To  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology: 

Gentlemen, — I  beg  to  submit  the  following  re 
port  of  the  activities  of  the  School  for  the  year 
1912. 

I.    FIELD  WORK 

1.  The  Excavations  at  Quirigua. 
The  third  expedition  to  Quirigua  took  the  field 
early  in  January,  1912.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley  serv 
ed,  as  heretofore,  as  first  assistant.  Earl  Morris, 
a  student  of  the  School,  assisted  with  the  excava 
tions  during  the  entire  season,  and  Gerard  Fowke, 
detailed  by  the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  spent 
several  weeks  with  the  expedition.  Mrs.  Wilmatte 
P.  Cockerell,  of  Boulder,  Colorado,  joined  the 
party  in  February.  The  excavations  continued 
until  the  first  part  of  May.  The  work  consisted  of 
(1)  the  excavation  of  Temples  1  and  2,  on  the  south 
side  of  the  Temple  Court,  (2)  the  excavation  by 
Mr.  Fowke  of  a  number  of  mounds  on  the  bench 
lands  west  of  the  main  ruins,  and  (3)  a  study  of 
the  natural  history  of  the  Motagua  Valley  by  Mrs. 
Cockerell,  A  preliminary  report  of  the  season's 
8* 


118         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

work,  carried  on  with  funds  contributed  by  mem 
bers  of  the  Saint  Louis  Society  and  by  the  United 
Fruit  Company,  was  published  in  the  June  number 
of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Institute.  Following  is  a 
summary  of  results  up  to  the  present  time. 

A.  During  previous  expeditions: 

1.  The  segregation  of  the  Quirigua  ruins  in  a 
park  devoted  to  their  protection,  with  a  setting  of 
the  native  jungle  around  them,  in  which  the  origi 
nal  tropical  environment  will  be  preserved. 

2.  The   preservation  of   the  monuments  from 
future   demolition   by    the  removal  of  the  heavy 
forest  trees  from  about  them. 

3.  The  classification  of  the  monuments  in  chron 
ological  sequence  by  the  corroborative  evidence  of 
art  and  inscriptions. 

4.  The  recognition  of  numerous  points  of  re 
semblance  in  the  ceremonial  arrangement,  insignia 
and  vesture  of  figures  sculptured  on  the  monu 
ments  at  Quirigua,  to  what  may  still  be  seen  in 
the  ceremonials  of  North  American  Indians,  parti 
cularly  of  the  Pueblos. 

B.  During  the  campaign  of  1912: 

1.  A  considerable  advance  in  the  preservation 
of  the  ruins  and  monuments  with  provision  for 
their  future  protection. 

2.  The  uncovering  of  two  important  buildings 
heretofore  unknown  in  the  Ceremonial  Precinct. 

3.  The  finding  of  the  sloping  upper  zone  of  the 
facade  in  southern  Maya  architecture. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         HO 

4.  The  establishment  cf  the  chronological  se 
quence  of    the  temples  in  relation   to  the    other 
monuments. 

5.  The  discovery  of  a  new  initial  series  and  its 
restoration  and  reading. 

6.  The  determination  of  the  place  and  mcde  of 
life  of  the  ancient  population  by  the  excavation  of 
the  house  mounds. 

7.  The  relation  of  the  ancient  to  the  modern  in 
habitants  of  the  Motagua  Valley 

8.  The    location  of  the  ancient  quarries  from 
which  the  material  for  monuments  and  buildings 
was  derived. 

9.  The  discovery  of  the  method  of  stone  trans 
portation. 

10.  The  acquisition  of  new  material  illustrating 
stone  and  ceramic  arts. 

11.  Considerable  advance  in  knowledge  of  the 
natural  history  of  the  Motagua  Valley. 

During  the  season  the  work  was  visited  by  Mr. 
Minor  C.  Keith,  Vice-President  and  General 
Manager  of  the  United  Fruit  Company,  and  by 
Mr.  J.  M.  Wulfing,  Treasurer  of  the  St.  Lonis  So 
ciety.  The  protection  of  the  ruins  has  been  assur 
ed  by  the  United  Fruit  Company.  The  site  will 
be  fenced  and  a  custodian  placed  in  charge. 

2.     Activities  in  the  Rio  Grande  Drainage. 

The  field  work  in  New  Mexico  began  with  the 
usual  season  in  the  canon  of  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles 
during  the  session  of  the  Summer  School.  The 


120          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

uncovering  of  the  great  Community  House  of 
Tyuonyi  was  almost  finished.  This  work  served 
as  a  basis  for  field  lectures  and  for  observation 
and  practice  by  students.  An  expedition  to  the 
Jemez  district  in  cooperation  with  the  Toronto  So 
ciety  of  the  Institute  and  the  Southwest  Museum 
occupied  the  months  of  September  and  October. 
For  the  greater  part  of  the  season  Dr.  Charles  F. 
Lummis  of  the  Southwest  Museum  assumed  the 
direction  of  the  operations  in  the  field,  being  as 
sisted  throughout  by  T.  Harmon  Parkhurst  and 
Wesley  Bradfield. 

This  marks  the  beginning  of  active  participation 
in  work  of  research  by  one  of  the  Canadian  Socie 
ties  of  the  Institute.  It  has  resulted  in  a  substan 
tial  acquisition  of  material  for  the  Royal  Ontario 
Museum  with  considerable  additions  to  the  valu 
able  collections  from  the  Southwest  already  in  the 
Museum  at  Los  Angeles. 

As  a  part  of  the  scientific  work  undertaken  for 
the  Panama-California  Exposition,  at  San  Diego, 
Wesley  Bradfield  was  engaged  for  several  months 
in  collecting  in  the  Keresan  towns  in  New  Mexico. 
Thomas  S.  Dozier  performed  similar  service  in  the 
Tewa  villages.  Valuable  collections  have  been 
made  and  information  gathered  for  use  in  the  de 
velopment  of  the  Pueblo  exhibits.  In  this  connec 
tion  Carlos  Vierra  has  visited  all  the  Rio  Grande 
pueblos,  making  sketches,  photographs,  and  arch 
itectural  studies. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         121 

3.  The  Excavations  in  the  San  Juan  Drainage, 
Professor  Byron  Cummings  continued  his  work 

in  southern  Utah  and  northern  Arizona.  This 
undertaking,  financed  mainly  by  members  of  the 
Utah  Society,  has  now  continued  for  five  seasons 
and  has  yielded  very  satisfactory  results,  particu 
larly  in  Cliff  Dwelling  collections,  which  are  now 
to  be  seen  in  the  Museum  of  the  University  of  Utah. 

4.  Researches  in  Soutnern  California. 

John  P.  Harrington  spent  the  greater  part  of  the 
year  in  the  field  in  western  Arizona  and  Southern 
California.  His  work  was  done  as  a  part  of  the 
scientific  work  for  the  Panama-California  Exposi 
tion.  The  result  is  epoch-making  in  our  knowledge 
of  Yuman  and  the  Chumashan  tribes.  Much  de 
tailed  information  was  obtained  about  the  Matha- 
kapai,  Kaveikapai,  Maricopa,  Kwichana,  Kosuena, 
Jalchadoma,  Jenequicha,  Cocopa,  Akwala,  Ajuata, 
Yakwiliwa,  Quigyuma,  Yakwavira,  etc.  Several 
of  these  tribes  have  been  hitherto  unknown  as  re 
gards  both  dialect  and  culture. 

In  connection  with  this  work,  all  published  ac 
counts  of  the  history  and  ethnology  of  southern 
California  have  been  studied  and  each  item  of  in 
formation  catalogued  and  taken  into  the  field  as  a 
basis  for  questions.  Important  collections  have 
been  made  and  plans  prepared  for  an  exhibit  of 
the  culture  of  both  existing  and  extinct  tribes  at 
the  Exposition. 

Mr.  Harrington  has  been  assisted  in  the  field  by 


122        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

T.    Harmon   Parkhurst  and  in  working  over    the 
voluminous  notes  by  Miss  Laura  W.  Wood. 
II.    THE  SUMMER  SCHOOL 

The  usual  summer  session  was  held  during  the 
month  of  August.  Lectures  were  given  during 
the  first  two  weeks  at  the  Museum  with  field  ex 
cursions  for  the  study  of  the  history  and  archae 
ology  of  Santa  Fe  and  vicinity.  The  work  of  na 
tive  Indian  potters  in  the  placita  demonstrating 
the  aboriginal  methods  in  ceramic  art  was  an  in 
teresting  feature.  The  special  train  to  Santo  Do 
mingo  on  August  4  carried  about  three  hundred  to 
witness  the  Green  Corn  Dance. 

During  the  two  weeks'  encampment  at  the  Rito 
the  excavation  of  the  Ancient  Community  House 
was  witnessed  and  this  was  supplemented  by 
lectures  and  excursions  to  interesting  points. 

At  the  Summer  Session  this  year  the  following 
courses  of  lectures  were  presented: 

1.  "Heredity  and  Evolution"  by  Professor  T. 
D.  A.  Cockerel!. 

2.  "Roman  Archaeology  and  Art"  by  Dr.  Har 
ry  L.  Wilson. 

3.  "Historic  Epochs  in  Art"  by  Dr.  Hector  Al- 
liot. 

4.  "Greek     Archaeology    and    Art"     by    Dr. 
Mitchell  Carroll. 

5.  "Shamanism,  Folk  Lore  and  Humanization" 
by  Dr.  Charles  F.  Lummis. 

6.  "The  Mayas"  by  Mr.  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 

7.  "The  Indians  of  the  Southwest"  by  Mr.  T. 
Harmon  Parkhurst. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         123 

8.  'The  Monuments  of  the  Aztecs"  and  "The 
Ancient  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellers"  by  Director 
Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

The  following  Sunday  night  lectures  were  given 
at  the  Hall  of  Representatives,  Capitol  building, 
Santa  Fe: 

"Art  and  Religion  of  the  Ancient  Etruscans"  by 
Dr.  Harry  L.  Wilson. 

"The  Homeric  Bible"  by  Dr.  Mitchell  Carroll. 

"The  Mecca  of  the  Maya  World"  by  Mr.  Syl- 
vanus  G.  Morley. 

"The  Uncovering  of  an  Ancient  Temple  in  the 
Tropics"  by  Director  Hewett. 

The  annual  meetings  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  of  the  School  and  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Mu 
seum  were  held  during  the  Session,  the  greater 
part  of  one  week  being  devoted  to  official  meet 
ings,  the  discussion  of  the  scientific  and  educa 
tional  work  of  the  School,  the  inspection  of  the 
Museum  and  excavations,  and  the  consideration  of 
future  work. 

III.    MUSEUM  WORK 

In  addition  to  the  sum  provided  by  law  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  Museum,  the  legislature  of 
New  Mexico  appropriated  $5COO  to  be  expended  on 
further  restoration  and  repair  of  the  Palace. 
With  this  sum,  the  entire  east  end  of  the  building 
has  been  put  in  order.  This  part  had  in  some 
places  reached  an  advanced  state  of  dilapidation. 
Walls  that  were  hoplessly  deteriorated  were  taken 
down  and  relaid  with  stone  and  concrete  founda- 


124         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY 

tions,  preserving  the  original  dimensions.  Where 
the  ancient  vigas,  or  ceiling  beams,  had  been  re 
moved  and  replaced  by  modern  timbers  they  were 
restored  in  conformity  to  the  original.  All  modern 
woodwork  was  removed  from  doors,  windows,  and 
fireplaces  and  these  features  restored  in  ancient 
style.  The  rooms  thus  repaired  must  present 
much  of  the  appearance  which  they  had  before  the 
modernizing  of  the  past  half  century. 

The  repair  and  restoration  of  this  venerable 
building  has  been  a  task  of  great  responsibility, 
and  one  that  has  claimed  the  interest  of  students 
of  Spanish-American  history  and  art  throughout 
the  country.  There  is  no  other  example  of  early 
Spanish  architecture  equal  to  it  in  the  United 
States.  From  the  time  of  Onate  (1605)  to  the 
present  it  has  dominated  the  historic  Plaza,  sur 
viving  the  siege  of  1680,  during  which  time  it 
sheltered  and  saved  from  extinction  the  entire  pop 
ulation  of  Santa  Fe  and  the  surrounding  country. 

It  is  the  last  of  the  buildings  that  originally 
faced  the  Plaza  and  is  the  most  important  monu 
ment  of  seventeenth  century  Santa  Fe. 

The  dismantling  of  the  massive  wall  which 
forms  the  central  axis  of  the  building  discloses  the 
fact  that  large  portions  antedate  the  Spanish  con 
struction  by  probably  hundreds  of  years.  Huge 
masses  of  the  ancient  Indian  pueblo,  upon  the 
ruins  of  which  the  Palace  was  constructed,  were 
discovered.  Some  of  these  have  been  covered 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        125 

with  glass  and  are  now  preserved  in  view  and  in 
original  place.  These  walls,  made  of  puddled 
adobe,  were  constructed  in  almost  the  identical 
manner  of  the  concrete  walls  of  the  present  day. 
The  part  laid  bare  formed  the  interior  of  a  room 
used  for  ceremonial  purposes.  It  contains  the 
niche  for  the  sacred  meal  bowl,  invariably  found 
in  ancient  pueblo  houses,  and  also  the  recess  in 
which  some  household  fetish  stood. 

During  the  excavations  for  foundations  numer 
ous  relics  have  been  uncovered.  The  ceramic  re 
mains  conform  closely  to  those  found  in  the  Cliff 
Dwellings  of  Pajarito  Plateau.  Numerous  skele 
tons  have  been  found  under  the  floors  which, 
together  with  those  that  are  being  preserved  from 
other  sites  within  the  city  limits,  will  doubtless 
throw  light  upon  the  ancient  people  that  inhabited 
the  Santa  Fe  Valley. 

It  will  soon  be  possible  to  prepare  a  monograph 
on  the  history  and  archaeology  of  the  Palace  of 
the  Governors.  New  records  have  been  found 
during  the  past  year  throwing  light  upon  its  early 
history,  and  the  dismantling  made  necessary  by 
the  repairs  of  the  past  three  years  has  laid  bare 
many  features  of  interest  which  had  been  com 
pletely  lost  sight  of.  The  work  of  reconstruction 
has  been  carried  out  with  fidelity  to  both  history 
and  architecture  by  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum. 

The  Museum,  together  with  the  old  Palace  in 
which  it  is  installed,  will  display  the  history  of  the 


126        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Southwest  for  many  centuries  past.  Material  is 
rapidly  being  accumulated  from  the  ancient  Pueblo 
and  Cliff  Dwelling  ruins,  and  this  is  augmented  as 
time  goes  on  with  ethnological  and  historical  data 
showing  the  culture  of  the  Indians  of  the  South 
west  and  also  the  early  Spanish  civilization.  The 
collections  made  by  the  School  are  supplemented 
by  those  of  the  New  Mexico  Historical  Society 
which  are  installed  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
Palace.  The  archaeology,  ethnology,  and  history 
of  the  Southwest  are  treated  as  one  subject,  and  a 
succession  of  exhibits  are  arranged  to  display  the 
entire  culture  history  of  the  region. 

The  Museum  is  the  laboratory  of  the  School  of 
Archaeology,  which  turns  over  to  it  all  the  collec 
tions  resulting  from  its  excavations  and  ex 
changes.  These  already  exceed  the  capacity  of 
the  rooms  that  can  be  devoted  to  Museum  pur 
poses.  In  fact,  another  building  of  equal  size 
would  be  needed  to  accommodate  the  material 
which  could  be  obtained  within  the  next  few 
years.  Everything  is  gathered  at  first  hand. 
The  provenance  of  every  specimen  displayed  can 
be  authentically  shown,  and  no  mere  curios  are 
exhibited. 

It  is  intended  that  each  culture  displayed  in  the 
Museum  shall  be  illustrated  by  (1)  paintings, 
especially  mural  decorations,  which  serve  to  bring 
before  one  the  clearest  possible  conception  of  the 
environment  in  which  that  culture  arose  and 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        127 

flourished;  (2)  photographs,  sketches,  and  models, 
showing  the  present  condition  of  the  ancient  ruins 
and  methods  of  excavating  them;  and  (3)  collec 
tions  of  specimens  in  cases,  designed  to  show 
phases  of  the  industrial,  social,  and  religious  life 
of  the  people. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
plans  were  presented  and  discussed  looking  to 
ward  the  extension  of  the  Museum.  This  could  be 
accomplished  by  means  of  a  series  of  exhibition 
halls  to  gridiron  the  long  Placita  at  the  back  of 
the  main  building;  these  to  be  supplemented  by  a 
structure  occupying  the  entire  north  side  of  the 
Palace  grounds  devoted  to  laboratories  and  the 
offices  of  employees. 

IV.    EDUCATIONAL  WORK 

During  the  past  summer  the  extension  work  of 
the  School  was  expanded  by  participation  in  sum 
mer  courses  devoted  to  Archaeology  in  Colorado 
Springs,  San  Diego,  and  Los  Angeles. 

Illustrated  lectures  prepared  by  the  School  are 
now  in  circulation  in  a  number  of  States.  These 
are  handled  by  the  local  Secretaries  of  the  Insti 
tute.  A  small  and  not  entirely  satisfactory  begin 
ning  was  made  with  this  last  year.  The  School  is 
now  making  its  own  slides.  It  has  an  adequate 
office  force,  so  that  the  work  can  be  carried  on  ef 
fectively  and  extended  to  meet  the  demands  of 
local  Societies  of  the  Institute  in  any  part  of  the 
country.  The  School  was  enabled  to  inaugurate 


128         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

this  lecture  system  through  the    generosity   of  a 

member   of  its  Managing  Committee,  Dr.  R.  W. 

Corwin  of  Pueblo.    The  lectures  now  in  circulation 

are  on  the  following  subjects: 

"The  Siberian  Origin  of  the  Indians." 
"The  Ancient  Ruins  of  the  Southwest." 
"The  Mayas,  the  Greeks  of  the  New  World." 
"The  Indians  of  the  Southwest." 
"Uncovering  a  Buried  City  in  the  Tropics." 

These  lectures  will  be  provided  for  the  use  of 
Societies  of  the  Institute  at  the  actual  cost  of  pre 
paring  the  slides. 

Arrangements  are  being  made  for  the  circulation 
of  portfolios  of  artistic  photographs  with  descrip 
tive  manuals,  devoted  to  American  archaeology, 
ethnology,  history,  and  art,  for  exhibition  in 
schools  and  museums.  It  is  hoped  that  by  another 
year  arrangements  can  be  made  to  supply  element 
ary  schools  with  material,  drawings,  specimens, 
etc.,  that  will  enable  teachers  to  introduce  the 
work  and  methods  of  primitive  man  into  the  pub 
lic  schools  as  an  adjunct  of  vocational  education. 
Work  in  primitive  arts  and  industries  such  as  pot 
tery  making,  tool  making,  blanket  and  basket 
weaving  and  metal  work,  carried  on  by  the  Indians 
themselves,  will  hereafter  be  a  prominent  feature 
of  the  Summer  School  work. 

V.    LIBRARY 

Accessions  to  the  library  have  been  small  during 
the  past  year.  It  is  greatly  in  need  of  additions 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         129 

in  history,  ethnology,  and  archaeology.  It  has  un 
usual  facilities  for  work  in  linguistics,  and  the  Mex 
ican  and  Central  America  languages  are  well  repre 
sented  by  early  manuscripts  and  rare  printed  works. 

VI.     ART 

The  work  of  the  School  in  art  has  claimed  the 
interest  of  the  public  to  an  exceptional  degree, 
and  it  has  been  the  recipient  of  favorable  atten 
tion  from  a  number  of  artists  of  note.  Several 
loan  collections  have  been  contributed  and  exhibit 
ed.  The  Museum  gratefully  acknowledges  valu 
able  loans  and  gifts  from  Messrs.  Sharp,  Phillips, 
Cassidy,  and  Vierra,  painters  who  are  devoting 
much  time  to  the  art  of  the  Southwest. 

VII.  PRESERVATION  OF  ANTIQUITIES 
An  important  function  of  the  School  has  come  to 
be  the  preservation  of  antiquities  in  the  South 
west.  Most  noteworthy  has  been  the  preservation 
of  the  Old  Palace  of  the  Governors  in  which  the 
School  is  located.  The  ruins  in  the  Rito  de  los 
Frijoles  and  at  Puye  have  been  to  a  great  extent 
excavated  and  partially  repaired.  Through  an  ar 
rangement  between  Mr.  Harry  Kelly  of  Las  Ve 
gas,  New  Mexico,  and  Colonel  D.  C.  Collier  of  San 
Diego,  the  ruins  of  the  old  Pecos  Pueblo  and  Mis 
sion  have  been  transferred  to  the  School  for 
custody  and  preservation,  the  latter  having  pro 
vided  a  sum  for  the  repair  of  the  church,  which  is 
one  of  the  two  oldest  in  the  United  States.  The 
Missions  of  New  Mexico  are  more  than  a  century 

9 


130         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

and  a  half  older  than  these  of  California.  Their 
history  is  the  history  of  the  Heroic  Age  of  the 
Southwest,  and  every  surviving  building  of  that 
period  should  be  held  sacred.  It  is  hoped  that  the 
School  with  the  assistance  of  the  Museum  of  New 
Mexico  may  be  enabled  to  assume  the  custodian 
ship  of  all  of  the  ruined  Missions  as  well  as  of 
such  ancient  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellings  in  the 
State  as  are  not  cared  for  by  the  Government. 
VIII.  Civic  WORK 

A  considerable  amount  of  civic  work,  particular 
ly  in  connection  with  the  preservation  of  the 
archaic  features  of  Santa  Fe,  has  fallen  to  the 
School.  In  collaboration  with  the  Santa  Fe  Cham 
ber  of  Commerce  much  interest  has  been  aroused 
and  considerable  progress  made  in  directing  the 
future  development  of  the  State  Capitol  along  the 
ancient  lines  in  which  it  stands  unique.  An  Exhi 
bition  prepared  largely  by  Mr.  Morley  will  be 
opened  to  the  public  on  November  18.  It  embraces 
models  of  early  public  buildings  which  have  wholly 
or  in  part  disappeared; maps,  charts,  and  paintings 
designed  to  aid  in  the  development  of  City  parks 
and  drives;  the  improvement  of  the  river  front,  and 
the  preservation  of  ancient  streets  and  buildings. 

The  School  has  been  able  in  some  measure  to  in 
fluence  the  architecture  of  public  buildings. 
Among  those  which  illustrate  styles  that  it  is 
hoped  will  dominate  the  city  in  the  future  are  the 
Palace  of  the  Governors,  the  Scottish  Rite  Cathe- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         131 

dral,  the  De  Vargas  Hotel,  the  power  plant  and 
office  buildings  of  the  Santa  Fe  Water  and  Light 
Company,  and  the  proposed  Ice  and  Storage  Plant 
of  Messrs.  Collier  and  Owen. 

The  School  has  been  requested  to  undertake  a 
revision  of  the  street  names  of  Santa  Fe,  and  this 
has  been  done  in  conformity  with  the  historic 
growth  of  the  city.  A  contribution  is  offered  by 
Colonel  D.  C.  Collier  of  the  Managing  Committee 
to  provide  for  the  marking  of  the  streets  accord 
ing  to  the  revised  system  and  the  plan  now  awaits 
the  approval  of  the  City  Council. 

IX.    EXPOSITION  WORK 

By  agreement  between  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  and  the  Panama-California  Exposition  at  San 
Diego,  the  Director  of  the  School  has  been  desig 
nated  to  direct  the  exhibits  in  ethnology  and  ar 
chaeology  at  the  Exposition.  The  arrangement 
seems  to  be  mutually  advantageous.  This  Exposi 
tion,  commemorating  the  opening  of  the  Panama 
Canal  in  1915,  is  intended  to  be  largely  scientific 
and  educational.  The  expeditions  planned  and 
collections  made  will  be  in  line  with  the  regular 
work  of  the  School  and  greatly  widen  its  influence. 
A  large  amount  of  scientific  work  is  in  progress  in 
the  Southwest,  Southern  California,  and  Central 
America.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  has  assum 
ed  a  large  part  in  the  programme  of  research  and 
exhibition,  and  has  its  operations  well  advanced. 
EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 

Santa  Fe,  October  30,  1912. 


132         SCHOOL   OF   AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

XIV. 

Chairman's  Statement 
1913 

To   the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 

America: 

Gentlemen — I  have  the  honor  to  make  the  fol 
lowing  brief  report  on  the  affairs  of  the  School  of 
American  Archaeology  for  the  year  ending  August 
31,  1913.  The  varied  activities  of  the  School  are 
presented  in  adequate  detail  in  the  report  of  the 
Director  which  follows. 

From  January  1,  1913,  Mr.  Kenneth  M.  Chap 
man  served  acceptably  as  Secretary  and  Assistant 
Director  of  the  School,  retiring  September  1  to  de 
vote  his  entire  time  to  art  work. 

On  the  1st  of  October,  Mr.  Paul  A.  F.  Walter 
became  Secretary  of  the  School  and  Museum  with 
authority  to  serve  as  Acting  Director  in  the 
absence  of  the  Director  from  the  city. 

Mr.  Walter  comes  to  the  Institution  from  the 
editorial  staff  of  the  Los  Angeles  Times  but  he  is 
no  stranger  to  Santa  Fe.  Well  known  throughout 
the  Southwest  for  several  years  as  editor  of  the 
Daily  New  Mexican,  he  has  been  a  recognized 
force  in  the  building  up  of  the  institutions  of  the 
State.  He  was  intimately  identified  with  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         133 

founding  of  the  School  and  Museum  in  Santa  Fe, 
both  as  a  citizen  and  as  an  officer  of  the  New  Mex 
ico  Archaeological  Society.  Mr.  Walter's  value  to 
the  School  in  this  important  administrative  posi 
tion  is  already  well  known, 

On  the  1st  of  September,  Mrs.  Harry  Langford 
Wilson,  wife  of  the  late  President  of  the  Institute, 
entered  the  service  of  the  School  as  Librarian  and 
Museum  Assistant.  Mrs.  Wilson's  long  association 
with  the  work  of  her  distinguished  husband  at 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  at  the  American  School 
in  Rome,  and  in  connection  with  the  Archaeologi 
cal  Institute  renders  her  presence  in  the  School 
and  Museum  at  Santa  Fe  particularly  acceptable. 

At  the  annual  meeting  held  at  Santa  Fe  in  August 
the  Committee  considered  the  question  of  per 
manent  provision  for  students  who  have  shown 
exceptional  ability.  The  conclusion  was  that  an 
effort  should  be  made  at  once  to  establish  two  per 
manent  fellowships  with  stipend  of  not  less  than 
$1,800  a  year.  The  Committee  had  in  mind  stud 
ents  whose  ability  has  already  been  demonstrated 
by  work  in  the  School,  such  as  Harrington,  Miss 
Freire-Marreco,  Morley,  Kidder,  Chapman,  Nus- 
baum,  Judd,  Beauregard,  and  Morris. 
Respectfully, 

W.  H.  HOLMES, 

Chairman,  Managing  Committee. 
Washington,  D.  C.,  November  10,  1913. 
9* 


134        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

XV. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1913 

To  the  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology: 

I  beg  to  submit  the  following  report  of  the  activ 
ities  of  the  School  for  the  year  1913.  An  adequate 
statement  of  the  work  can  no  longer  be  made 
within  the  space  that  can  conveniently  be  allotted 
in  the  Bulletin  of  the  Institute;  accordingly  this 
report  is  made  as  brief  as  possible  with  the  expec 
tation  of  presenting  later  a  more  comprehensive 
account.  The  biennial  financial  statements  of  the 
Treasurers  of  the  School,  the  Museum,  and  of 
funds  for  other  enterprises  under  our  direction, 
will  be  transmitted  in  a  separate  printed  report  to 
be  made  up  November  30,  1913,  this  being  the  of 
ficial  date  for  closing  the  accounts  of  the  Auditor 
of  New  Mexico. 

WORK  ON  THE  PALACE 

No  more  responsible  task  has  fallen  to  the 
School  than  that  of  the  restoration  and  repair  of 
the  venerable  Palace  of  the  Governors,  at  Santa 
Fe.  The  state  has  made  generous  appropriations 
for  this  purpose  and  to  these  has  been  added  a 
considerable  sum  raised  by  the  School  through 
private  subscriptions  and  life  memberships. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         135 

The  final  work  of  restoration  and  repair  of  the 
Palace  proper  is  now  finished  with  the  construc 
tion  of  the  new  portal.  The  original  character  of 
the  building  was  obscured  by  the  weak  modern 
front  given  it  some  forty  years  ago  which,  accord 
ing  to  the  recollections  of  old  citizens,  replaced 
one  of  typical  Spanish  style. 

The  new  portal  was  built  at  a  cost  of  $3,500,  ap 
propriated  by  the  Board  of  Regents  from  current 
revenues.  Its  style  of  architecture  is  derived  from 
the  study  of  the  best  historic  facades  that  remain 
in  New  Mexico,  from  specimens  of  columns  and 
capitals  found  imbedded  in  the  walls  of  the  Palace 
itself,  and  from  the  testimony  of  those  whose  re 
collections  of  Santa  Fe  and  the  Palace  extend 
back  half  a  century. 

The  restored  facade  is  simple  and  massive, 
characterized  by  the  plain  column,  bolster,  lintel 
and  vigas  of  the  Spanish  colonial  style  as  develop 
ed  in  New  Mexico.  One  is  impressed  by  the  per 
fect  harmony  of  exterior  with  interior,  the  restora 
tion  of  the  latter  having  been  accomplished  largely 
by  the  elimination  of  accretions  of  recent  times, 
such  as  paneled  casings,  modern  fireplaces,  paper 
ed  walls  and  ceilings,  and  various  other  "improve 
ments"  impossible  to  the  builders  of  three  hun 
dred  years  ago.  The  restoration  is  in  the  strong 
and  simple  lines  of  the  ancient  builders  and  the 
result  is  a  structure  almost  monolithic  in  character, 


136        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

presenting  an  appearance  of  great  solidity  and 
dignity, 

The  execution,  in  such  masterly  style,  of  the 
plans  of  the  Managing  Committee  and  Regents 
with  reference  to  the  restoration  of  the  Palace  is 
the  achievement  of  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  now  Super 
intendent  of  Works  for  the  School  and  Museum. 
The  Director  earnestly  desires  to  recommend  to 
the  governing  bodies  and  to  the  people  of  the 
State  the  most  generous  recognition  of  the  fidelity 
and  skill  of  Mr.  Nusbaum  in  carrying  out  this 
work,  which  is  of  importance  not  only  to  New 
Mexico  but  to  the  nation.  Spain  gave  to  civiliza 
tion  the  New  World,  and  Spain's  finest  monument 
On  the  soil  of  the  United  States  is  the  "Royal 
House"  at  Santa  Fe.  Its  preservation  is  a  work 
which  will  receive  grateful  consideration. 

Of  no  less  importance  than  its  physical  rescue 
has  been  the  restoration  of  the  Palace  to  the 
patriotic  regard  of  the  people  of  New  Mexico.  In 
its  state  of  dilapidation  of  five  years  ago,  used  for 
no  single  appropriate  purpose,  occupied  in  part  by 
corrals  and  stables,  it  was  rapidly  losing  its  signifi 
cance  in  history.  Efforts  had  even  been  made  to 
give  the  Palace  away.  As  it  now  stands,  a 
splendid  monument  to  the  memory  of  its  heroic 
builders  and  defenders,  the  home  of  an  institution 
devoted  to  history,  archaeology,  and  art  in  general 
and  in  a  very  special  way  to  the  conservation  of 
New  Mexico's  historic  past  and  the  preservation 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         137 

of  its  antiquities,  it  is  safe  to  say  that  no  other 
object  in  the  State  is  so  reverently  regarded  by 
the  people  or  will  be  so  jealously  guarded  in  the 
future. 

FIELD  WORK 

1.    CENTRAL  AMERICA 

The  Central  American  work  for  this  year  con 
sisted  of  an  expedition  to  Yucatan  by  Messrs. 
Morley  and  Nusbaum.  The  object  of  the  trip  was 
to  secure  further  data  and  material  for  the  exhibit 
of  the  ancient  Maya  world  which  the  School  is 
preparing  for  the  San  Diego  Exposition. 

The  most  noteworthy  sites  investigated  were 
Holoctun  in  Campeche,  Chichen  Itza  and  Uxmal 
in  Yucatan,  Cozumel  Island  off  the  eastern  coast, 
and  the  little  known  site  of  Tuluum  in  the  territory 
of  Quintana  Roo. 

2    CALIFORNIA 

Mr.  John  P.  Harrington,  in  carrying  forward 
the  plans  made  for  the  ethnological  exhibit  from 
southern  California  at  the  San  Diego  Exposition, 
after  some  further  investigations  among  the  Rio 
Grande  Pueblos  early  in  the  year,  went  to  south 
ern  California  for  a  preliminary  study  of  the  rem 
nant  of  the  Diegeftos  near  San  Diego,  then  re 
sumed  work  inaugurated  last  year  on  the  Chumas- 
han  culture  with  Ventura  as  the  principal  base. 
This  investigation  is  now  nearing  completion.  The 
results  will  be  exhaustive  as  to  the  material  cult 
ure,  social  organization,  mythology,  religion,  cere- 


138         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

monies,  songs  and  dialects  of  this  well-nigh   ex 
tinct  people.     Some  weeks  were  spent  on  linguistic 
work  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  An 
thropology  of  the  University  of  California. 
3.    COLORADO  AND  UTAH 

Collaboration  with  the  University  of  Colorado 
was  continued  by  the  excavation  of  certain  ancient 
cites  heretofore  little  known  in  the  San  Juan 
drainage  near  the  Colorado-New  Mexico  state  line. 
The  excavation  was  in  charge  of  Earl  Morris,  a 
former  student  of  the  School,  now  an  instructor  in 
the  Colorado  State  University.  He  had  the  assist 
ance  during  part  of  the  season  of  Ralph  Linton,  a 
student  from  Swarthmore  College.  The  result 
was  a  considerable  advance  in  knowledge  of  the 
archaeology  of  this  important  district  and  subs 
tantial  additions  to  the  archaeological  collections 
of  the  University  Museum. 

Dean  Byron  Cummings  of  the  State  University 
of  Utah,  who  has  for  some  seasons  past  conducted 
excavations  in  southern  Utah  and  northern  Ari 
zona  under  the  auspices  of  the  University  and  the 
Utah  Society  of  the  Institute,  and  in  cooperation 
with  the  School,  conducted  this  year  independent 
ly  a  university  party  of  twelve  through  the  region 
of  the  great  natural  bridges,  explored  in  previous 
expeditions,  and  into  the  Navaho  Mountain  district 
in  Arizona.  Several  new  cliff  ruins  were  excavat 
ed  and  additional  collections  obtained  for  the  Uni 
versity  Museum. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         139 

4.    NEW  MEXICO 

In  connection  with  the  Summer  School  there 
was  an  excursion  to  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  where 
some  excavating  was  done  in  the  talus  towns 
under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Chapman.  The  main 
work  of  excavation  here  is  finished  but  the  site  is 
still  a  good  field  for  demonstration  purposes.  Be 
cause  of  the  charming  location  and  the  extent  of 
the  ruins  laid  bare  in  past  years,  the  Rito  is  a 
favorite  spot  for  class  work.  Practically  every 
phase  of  the  cliff-dwelling  culture  of  the  Rio 
Grande  drainage  is  to  be  seen  and  the  main  points 
of  interest  have  been  made  easily  accessible. 

The  principal  excavation  in  connection  with  the 
Summer  School  was  that  at  Quarai,  east  of  Albu 
querque,  at  the  base  of  Manzano  Mountains.  This 
ruin  of  one  of  the  largest  towns  of  the  ancient 
Tigua  people  presents  problems  unknown  to  the 
work  on  the  Pajarito  plateau.  The  place  is  known 
to  have  been  occupied  untill  about  1675.  It  was 
the  seat  of  one  of  the  early  Franciscan  missions  of 
New  Mexico,  founded,  probably,  in  1629.  The 
mission  ruin  is  one  of  the  important  historic  land 
marks  of  New  Mexico.  The  Pueblo  ruins  are  of 
large  extent  and  excavation  here  affords  an  oppor 
tunity  for  the  observation  of  the  first  influence  of 
European  contact. 

The  preliminary  work  on  the  topography  of 
Quarai  was  accomplished.  It  was  a  walled  town 
including  numerous  terraced  buildings  of  stone  in 


140         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

the  usual  quadrangular  arrangement,  subterran 
ean  sanctuaries,  the  historic  mission  church, 
springs,  and  fields. 

After  some  exploratory  work  in  refuse  heaps, 
systematic  excavation  was  commenced  upon  the 
large  mound  south  of  the  mission  ruin.  Without 
preliminary  trenching  the  south  side  of  the  mound 
was  removed,  laying  bare  a  building  with  curving 
walls,  indicating  a  circular  structure  built  of  the 
red  sandstone  of  the  region.  Twenty  skeletons 
were  found  adjacent  to  the  south  wall  and  in  the 
outer  tier  of  rooms.  These  were  accompanied  by 
the  usual  artifacts  of  stone,  bone  and  clay. 

The  agreeable  environment  of  Quarai,  the  his 
toric  cotton  wood  grove,  ample  supply  of  the  spring 
water,  its  location  within  an  hour's  drive  from  the 
small  but  enterprising  town  of  Mountainair  on  the 
Santa  Fe  Railway,  with  good  stores  for  outfitting 
and  supplies,  together  with  its  historic  and  archa 
eological  importance,  makes  Quarai  a  promising 
place  for  future  excavations. 

THE  SUMMER  SCHOOL 

The  summer  session  was  held  as  usual  during 
the  month  of  August.  The  beginning  of  the  term 
was  marked  by  the  annual  excursion  by  special 
train  to  witness  the  Green  Corn  Dance  of  the 
Keres  Indians  at  Santo  Domingo. 

The  foreign  archaeological  fields  were  repre 
sented  by  the  following  lecturers  who  have  been 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        141 

identified  with  the  schools  of  the  Institute  in  the 
Old  World: 

Professor  Lewis  B.  Paton,  Hartford  Theological 
Seminary,  "The  Archaeological  History  of  Pales 
tine.  " 

Professor  Henry  R.  Fairclough,  Leland  Stanford 
Jr.  University,  ' 'Roman  Archaeology  and  Art." 

Professor  Mitchell  Carroll  General  Secretary  of 
the  Institute,  "Greek  Archaeology  and  Art." 

Lectures  on  American  History,  Archaeology, 
and  Art  were  given  by  Colonel  Ralph  E.  Twit- 
chell,  Kenneth  M.  Chapman,  Sylvanus  G.  Morley, 
and  the  Director. 

The  art  of  pottery  making  was  demonstrated  by 
Pueblo  potters  in  the  Palace  placita. 

The  excavations  in  connection  with  the  Summer 
School  have  been  referred  to  under  the  head  of 
"Field  Work." 

Forty-eight  persons  participated  in  the  encamp 
ment  at  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles,  the  majority  of 
these  attending  the  field  lectures  on  the  ruins.  A 
small  detachment  spent  two  weeks  at  the  Rito  camp. 

At  Quarai  the  encampment  numbered  twenty- 
one  besides  almost  daily  visitors  from  the  town  of 
Mountainair.  At  the  commencement  of  the  en 
campment  a  meeting  was  held  under  the  historic 
cottonwood  trees,  at  which  time  the  ruins  of 
Quarai,  together  with  the  forty  acres  of  land  on 
which  they  are  situated,  were  formally  deeded  to 
the  Museum  by  the  owners,  Messrs.  McCoy,  Dun- 


142         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

lavy,  and  Corbett  of  Mountainair.  These  gentle 
men  have  set  a  patriotic  example  in  thus  provid 
ing  for  the  perpetual  care  and  preservation,  by  art 
institution  responsible  to  the  State,  of  valuable 
historic  ruins  and  landmarks. 

The  lecture  courses  held  at  the  Museum  hi  Santa 
Fe  are  open  to  all  who  eare  to  attend,  the  attend 
ance  varying  from  perhaps  a  dozen  to  audiences 
of  several  hundred  on  some  occasions. 

The  attendance  at  the  field  encampment  is  made 
tip  of: 

1.  Members  of  the  Staff  and  special  students  of 
archaeology. 

2.  Students  interested  in  archaeology  and  art 
but  not  specializing  therein. 

3.  The  lecturers  of  the  Summer  School,  mem 
bers  of   the   Managing   Committee  and  Board  of 
Regents,  having  an  especial   interest  in    viewing 
the  methods  and  work  of  the  School  at  first  hand. 

4.  Auditors,  consisting  of  persons  who  join  the 
parties  as  a  matter  of  general  education. 

A  particularly  valuable  feature  of  the  Summer 
School  is  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Managing 
Committee  and  Board  of  Regents  at  the  Museum 
and  in  the  field.  In  Santa  Fe  the  full  Board  of 
Regents  was  present:  Judge  McFie,  Chairman, 
Governor  McDonald,  Judge  Laughlin,  Mr.  Spring 
er,  Colonel  Twitchell,  and  Mr.  Seligman.  Spend 
ing  more  or  less  time  at  the  excavating  camps, 
were,  of  the  Managing  Committee,  Mr.  Springer, 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  AKCHAEOLOGY        143 

Doctor  Corwin,  Professors  Paton,  Fairclough,  and 
Carroll,  Mr.  Hodge,  Doctor  Lummis,  and  Judge 
McFie. 

The  question  of  the  future  method  of  the  Sum 
mer  School  was  one  to  receive  especial  considera 
tion  and  the  plan  there  proposed  will,  in  all  pro 
bability,  be  carried  out.  The  Committee  recog 
nizes  that,  under  the  conditions  of  its  foundation, 
this  is  not  primarily  a  school  of  instruction;  that  it 
was  created  by  the  Council  of  the  Institute  as  a 
school  of  research  and  for  the  training  of  students 
of  archaeology  in  practical  field  work.  However, 
a  further  important  function  of  the  School  in 
general  education  is  also  recognized.  Students  in 
American  archaeology  and  ethnology  are  few. 
The  entire  number  registered  in  all  the  univer 
sities  of  the  United  States  who  are  taking  gradu 
ate  work  in  these  subjects,  added  to  the  number 
of  undergradutates  whose  major  work  is  in  this 
field  would  be  very  small.  Few  universities  offer 
regular  courses  in  American  archaeology.  Since 
the  demand  for  recruits  in  either  instruction  or 
research  work  is  small,  it  is  obviously  unwise  to 
encourage  many  students  to  specialize  in  these 
subjects  until  opportunities  for  employment  are 
more  numerous. 

It  is,  however,  becoming  more  and  more  appar 
ent  that  the  sciences  of  man  are  of  exceptional 
value  in  general  culture.  The  rapidly  increasing 
interest  among  students  and  laymen  in  archa- 


144        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

eology  and  ethnology,  the  growing  affiliation  be 
tween  archaeology  and  art,  the  broadening  of  the 
scope  of  history,  promise  large  demands  on  this 
group  of  sciences  in  the  future. 

It  was  the  sense  of  the  Managing  Committee 
that  to  meet  the  conditions  here  presented  the 
field  classes  of  the  School  for  the  summer  session 
should  be  organized  long  in  advance  and  the  at 
tendance  limited,  and  that  the  session  at  the  Mu 
seum  might  be  broadened  in  scope  and  the  term 
lengthened  to  six  weeks  to  enable  students  who 
so  desire  to  have  the  benefit  of  full  university 
credit  courses.  Auditors  of  non-academic  grades 
would  still  find  open  to  them  courses  desired  for 
general  culture.  This  plan  has  received  en 
couragement  from  leading  citizens  of  Santa  Fe 
and  a  summer  school  corporation  is  to  be  formed 
to  take  the  matter  under  consideration. 
THE  MUSEUM 

By  act  of  the  Legislature  of  the  State  the  Muse 
um  of  New  Mexico  is  under  the  management  of 
the  School  and  identical  with  its  Museum  of  Ar 
chaeology.  From  the  outset  there  has  been  per 
fect  harmony  in  the  development  of  the  dual  insti 
tution.  The  Legislature  of  New  Mexico  has  been 
most  liberal,  in  proportion  to  its  means,  in  carry 
ing  out  its  part  of  the  contract  with  the  Archa 
eological  Institute  of  America.  Its  appropriation 
for  the  present  biennial  term  is  $20,000.  The 
Board  of  Regents  of  the  Museum  and  the  Manag- 


EAST  ENTRANCE  TO  ART  .MUSEUM 
10 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        145 

Ing  Committee  of  the  School  have  from  the  begin 
ning  been  of  one  mind  concerning  the  scope  and 
method  of  the  Museum,  its  function  in  represent 
ing  the  history,  archaeology,  ethnology,  and  art  of 
the  southwest,  its  service  to  the  State  and  to  the 
Institute  as  the  home  and  laboratory  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology. 

During  the  past  year,  the  collections  have  been 
augmented  by  accessions  from  the  United  States 
National  Museum,  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  (material  from  its  excavations  at 
SanCristobal,  New  Mexico) ,  from  the  San  DiegoEx- 
position,  as  well  as  from  numerous  private  sources. 

The  Board  of  Regents  already  faces  the  problem 
of  providing  additional  exhibition  halls  as  well  as 
work  rooms,  studios  and  storage  facilities,  every 
available  room  on  the  Palace  premises  being  in 
use,  with  collections  rapidly  augmenting,  and  the 
activities  of  the  School  and  Museum  making  con 
stantly  increasing  demands  for  space.  The  Man 
aging  Commitee  and  the  Officers  and  Council  of 
the  Institute  may  be  assured  that  the  Board  of  Re 
gents  is  keenly  alive  to  the  necessities  of  the  case 
and  will  probably  meet  the  situation,  as  it  has  the 
restoration  and  repair  of  the  Palace,  in  shorter 
time  than  was  to  be  expected. 

PUBLICATIONS 

Numerous  preliminary  reports  and    papers    of 
minor  character  will  not  be  enumerated   here.     A 
10 


146        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

list  of  these  is  printed  for  distribution  at  the  offices 
in  Santa  Fe.  Larger  works  by  members  of  the 
staff  and  research  students  have  been  published  or 
are  now  in  process  of  publication  by  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology,  as  follows: 

Bulletin  No.  54:  Hewett,  Henderson,  Robbins. 
4 'The  Physiography  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  in 
Relation  to  Pueblo  Culture." 

Bulletin  No.  55:  Harrington,  Robbins,  Miss 
Freire-Marreco.  '  'The  Ethnobotany  of  the  Tewa 
Indians. " 

Bulletin  No.  56:  Harrington,  Henderson.  "The 
Ethnozoology  of  the  Tewa  Indians. ' ' 

29th  Annual  Report:  Harrington.  "The  Ethno- 
geography  of  the  Tewa  Indians." 

The  following  are  in  preparation  for  publication: 

"An  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  the  Maya 
Hieroglyphics, ' '  by  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 

"The  Archaeology  of  the  Pa jarito  Plateau,"  by 
Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

"The  Ethnology  of  the  Tewa  Indians  of  the  Rio 
Grande  Valley,"  by  John  P.  Harrington. 

"The  Ethnology  of  the  Cochiti  Indians,"  by 
John  P.  Harrington. 

"Maya  Chronology,"  by  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 
EXPOSITION  WORK 

Reference  has  previously  been  made  to  the  work 
in  Central  America  and  California  on  behalf  of  the 
Panama-California  Exposition,  to  which  the  Direc 
tor  of  the  School  has  been  detailed  to  serve  as 
Director  of  Exhibits.  Other  work  not  yet  ready 
to  be  reported  on  is  in  progress.  The  part  as 
sumed  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  which  is  be- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        147 

ing  conducted  by  Professor  Holmes  and  Doctor 
Hrdlicka  is  far  advanced.  Expeditions  already 
finished  are  those  to  Siberia  and  Mongolia, 
Bohemia  and  Russia,  the  Philippine  Islands,  St. 
Lawrence  Island,  and  Peru. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director 
Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  November  1,  1913. 


148         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

XVI. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1914 

MR.  WILLIAM  H.  HOLMES, 
Chairman,  Managing  Committee  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Dear  Sir— The  following  is  a  synopsis  of  the  ac 
tivities  of  the  School  and  Museum  for  the  year  1914. 
The  work  may  be  summarized  under  the  follow 
ing  heads: 

I.     Research  Work. 
II.    The  Museum. 

III.  Archaeology,  Anthropology,  and  Art  at  the 

Panama-California  Exposition. 

IV.  Financial  Statement. 

I.    RESEARCH  WORK 
A.    CENTRAL  AMERICA 

The  work  at  Quirigua  was  continued  during  the 
first  five  months  of  the  year.  Those  participating, 
in  addition  to  the  Director,  were  Earl  Morris,  State 
University,  Boulder,  Colorado;  Neill  M.  Judd,  Na 
tional  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  Wesley  Brad- 
field,  Museum  of  New  Mexico,  Santa  Fe;  Ralph 
Linton,  Swarthmore  College,  Pennsylvania;  Carlos 
Vierra  and  Ruth  Laughlin,  Santa  Fe. 

The  work  consisted  of: 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         149 

1.  Excavation  of  the  buildings  on  the  east  and 
north  sides  of  the  Temple  Court.     This  yielded  no 
new  inscriptions,   but  considerable  new  informa 
tion  on  the  architecture  of  the  city  was  recovered. 

2.  A  number  of  shafts  were  sunk  in  various 
parts  of  the  great  plaza.     These  were  extended  to 
a  depth  of  twelve  feet,   disclosing  the  historical 
stratification  of  the  site.     At  an  average  depth  of 
one  meter,  as  pointed  out  in  previous  reports,  were 
found  a  pavement  and  numerous  remains  pertain 
ing  to  the  period  of  the  great  monuments  and  lar 
ger  temples.     This  condition  is  widely  extended 
over  the  Motagua  Valley,  as  shown  by  the  explor 
ation  of  miles  of  ditches  and  railway  cuts,  showing 
that  there  had  been  a  silting  up  of  the  valley  to 
the  depth  of  about  one  meter  in  the  fifteen  to 
eighteen   centuries  that  have  elapsed    since  the 
abandonment  of  Quirigua.     At  a  a  depth  of  six  to 
seven  feet  is  found  a  second  culture  stratum,  cor 
responding  probably  to  the  epoch  of  the  older  build 
ings  which  lie  under  and  in  part  form  the  sub 
structure  of  the  later  buildings.     This  may  be  the 
stratum  to  which  the  lesser  monuments  belong. 
At  a  depth  of  ten  to  twelve  feet  was  found  a  stra 
tum  containing  potsherds,   charcoal,   and  chipped 
stone.     Between  the  various  culture  strata  are  lay 
ers  of   silt,   indicating  long  continued  deposition 
from  the  slow  movement  of  flood  waters.     The  im 
portance  of  these  new  facts  is  obvious. 

10* 


150         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

3.  Further  exploration  of  the  Motague  Valley 
has  brought  to  light  one  sculptured  stela,  hereto 
fore  unknown.     It  stands  at  a  distance  of  one  mile 
from  the  north  end  of  the  great  plaza  at  Quirigua, 
being  surrounded  by  the  small  mounds  of  an  an 
cient  village.     The  initial  series  seems  to  place  the 
monument  among  the  earliest  in  the  Quirigua  dis 
trict. 

4.  The  making  of  casts  of  eight  of  the  monu 
ments  occupied  a  considerable  part  of  the  season. 
The  glue  process  was  used  in  making  the  moulds, 
resulting  in  a  perfection  of  reproduction  hereto 
fore    unattained  in  the  making  of  casts  in   the 
tropics. 

Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Fellow  in  Central  American 
Archaeology,  devoted  the  first  half  of  the  year  to 
an  exploring  trip  in  the  Peten  district  in  Guate 
mala,  with  fruitful  results  in  the  recovery  of  hier 
oglyphic  inscriptions.  On  the  first  of  July  Mr. 
Morley  retired  from  the  staff  of  the  School  to  be 
come  a  Research  Associate  in  the  Carnegie  Insti 
tution  at  Washington.  Mr.  Morley  has  been  con 
nected  with  the  School  from  its  beginning  and  un 
der  its  auspices  has  been  engaged  for  about  seven 
years  in  research  in  Central  America.  He  is  now, 
fortunately,  enabled  to  continue  his  work  in  the 
same  field  under  exceptionally  favorable  conditions. 
The  publication  of  a  monograph  on  Maya  chronol 
ogy  will  conclude  his  work  with  the  School. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        151 

B.    NEW  MEXICO 

There  were  two  field  expeditions  in  New  Mexico. 
The  work  of  the  first  was  in  continuation  of  that 
of  former  years  at  the  old  mission  pueblo  of 
Quarai.  A  survey  of  the  ruins  was  completed  and 
a  model  of  the  mission  is  now  being  made.  At 
tached  to  this  expedition  were  the  Director  and 
Mrs.  Hewett;  Dr.  E.  H.  Parker,  Phoenix,  Arizona; 
Prof.  J.  C.  Troutman,  Roswell,  New  Mexico;  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Wesley  Bradfield  and  Mr.  J.  P.  Adams, 
Santa  Fe.  While  the  work  at  Quarai  was  in  pro 
gress,  arrangements  were  consummated  whereby  a 
portion  of  the  site  of  Gran  Quivira  in  the  same  dis 
trict  became  the  property  of  the  School.  The 
ownership  of  the  entire  area  covered  by  these 
famous  ruins  is  now  vested  in  the  School  and  the 
Government  of  the  United  States. 

The  second  expedition  in  New  Mexico  had  as  its 
objective  point  the  ruins  of  Kwasteyukwa  on  the 
plateau  west  of  the  Jemez  mountains.  The  work 
here  was  a  continuation  of  that  previously  done  by 
the  School  in  collaboration  with  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology  and  the  Royal  Ontario  Muse 
um  of  Toronto.  A  feature  of  this  expedition  was 
the  archaeological  excursion  starting  from  Santa 
Fe,  and  touching  the  points  of  interest  at  El  Rito 
de  los  Frijoles,  Tchirege,  Tsankawi,  Otowi,  Valle 
Grande,  Jemez  Hot  Springs,  and  ending  at  the 
ruins  where  the  excavations  were  conducted.  The 
party,  limited  to  ten,  consisted  of  Director  and 


152         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Mrs  Hewett;  Dr.  E.  H.  Parker,  Phoenix,  Arizona; 
Prof.  J.  C.  Troutman,  Roswell,  New  Mexico;  Dr. 
W.  P.  Wilson,  Commercial  Museum,  Philadelphia; 
Mrs.  L.  L.  W.  Wilson,  Girls'  Training  School, 
Philadelphia;  Mrs.  Lydia  Trowbridge,  Lakeview 
High  School,  Chicago;  Wesley  Bradfield,  SantaFe; 
Miss  Laura  W.  Wood,  Santa  Fe,  and  Miss  Azelia 
Austry,  St.  Joseph,  Missouri.  Additional  mem 
bers  at  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  and  on  the  Pajarito 
Plateau  were  Dr.  Alexander  Janowsky,  University 
of  Warsaw,  Poland;  Dr.  C.  S.  Brown,  State  Uni 
versity,  Oxford,  Mississippi;  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Law 
rence  Larson,  State  University, Champaign,  Illinois; 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lansing  Bloom,  Albuquerque,  New 
Mexico;  Mrs.  I.  H.  Rapp,  Santa  Fe;  and  Mrs.  E. 
A.  Fyke,  Centralia,  Illinois. 

The    success    of    the    archaeological    excursion 
makes   it   possible   that   this   will    be  one  of  the 
regular  summer  features  of  the  School. 
C.    CALIFORNIA 

The  research  work  in  California  was  continued 
by  John  P.  Harrington,  bringing  to  a  conclusion 
his  investigation  of  the  remnant  of  the  Chumashan 
stock  near  the  coast,  and  the  Mohave  tribe  in  the 
Colorado  Basin.  Mr.  Harrington  will  bring  to 
publication  as  promptly  as  possible  a  monographic 
report  on  each  of  these  fields. 

II.    THE  MUSEUM 

The  State  of  New  Mexico  has  more  than  complied 
with  the  conditions  of  its  contract  with  the  Ar- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        153 

chaeological  Institute  of  America.  The  legislature 
has  provided  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Museum, 
not  only  the  five  thousand  dollars  annually 
stipulated,  but  has  appropriated  an  additional  five 
thousand  a  year  for  the  restoration  and  improve 
ment  of  the  Governor's  Palace  and  for  the  exten 
sion  of  the  Museum  work. 

The  records  of  the  Secretary  show  about  eight 
thousand  visitors  during  the  year.  The  research 
work  of  the  School  has  added  substantially  to  the 
Museum  collections,  and  the  list  of  donors  of  valu 
able  specimens,  works  of  art,  books  and  other  con 
tributions  is  too  long  for  publication  in  this  report. 

A  valued  auxiliary  of  the  School  and  Museum  is 
the  New  Mexico  Archaeological  Society,  which  has 
been  active  from  the  beginning  of  the  establish 
ment  in  Santa  Fe.  The  Society  now  has  a  mem 
bership  of  two  hundred  and  thirty-nine.  Its  most 
noteworthy  achievement  has  been  the  publication 
of  the  scientific  newspaper  El  Palacio,  the  edition 
of  which  is  now  about  two  thousand  copies.  The 
files  of  El  Palacio  constitute  a  report,  in  non 
technical  form,  of  the  activities  of  the  School  and 
Museum,  and  furthermore  serve  to  inform  the 
public  of  the  work  of  the  Institute  and  its  affiliat 
ed  schools,  as  well  as  of  other  institutions  having 
to  do  with  archaeological  science.  Its  editor  is 
Paul  A.  F.  Walter,  Secretary  of  the  School  and 
Museum,  formerly  editor  and  proprietor  of  The 
New  Mexican  of  Santa  Fe. 


154        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

At  the  joint  meeting  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  and  Board  of  Regents  held  in  Santa  Fe  in 
August,  the  Woman's  Museum  Committee,  which 
has  for  some  years  rendered  invaluable  service  to 
the  School  and  Museum,  was  constituted  a  per 
manent  auxiliary  body  to  consist  of  eighteen  rep 
resentative  women  citizens  of  New  Mexico.  This 
Committee  has  been  alive  to  every  interest  of  the 
institution  from  the  beginning,  and  now  contem 
plates  still  more  important  activities. 
III.  ARCHAEOLOGY,  ANTHROPOLOGY,  AND  ART  AT 
THE  PANAMA-CALIFORNIA  EXPOSITION 

The  work  for  the  San  Diego  Exposition  has  oc 
cupied  much  of  the  time  of  the  Director  and  staff 
of  the  School  during  the  past  three  years.  They 
have  received  invaluable  assistance  from  Mr. 
Holmes  and  Dr.  Hrdlicka  of  the  National  Museum 
of  the  United  States. 

The  plan  of  the  exhibit  is  as  follows: 
A.    PHYSICAL  ANTHROPOLOGY 

1.  Physical  history  of  man  in  the  course  of  the 
ages.     Man's  evolution.     Illustrated  by  casts  of 
ancient  human    remains,    and    busts    presenting 
early  human  beings  of  different  epochs.     Primate 
crania,  showing  various  stages  in  human  ancestry. 

2.  Development  and   growth  of  present  man. 
Based  on  the  three  principal  races  of  the  United 
States,  namely,   the  oldest  Americans,  the  pure- 
blood  Indian,  and  the  pure-blood  American  Negro. 

3.  Human     variations.      Illustrating     various 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        155 

groups  of  humanity,  differences  between  races, 
groups,  and  individuals;  geographical  distribution 
of  human  types;  variation  in  different  parts  of  the 
body. 

4.  Man's    decline.     Pre-Columbian    American 
pathology,  artificial  deformations,  and  surgery. 

5.  Methods  of  investigation.     Anthropological 
laboratory,  library,  and  field  outfit. 

B.    CULTURE  HISTORY 
(Based  on  the  native  American  race) 

1.  Industries  connected  with  mining,   quarry 
ing,  and  shaping  stone,  illustrated  by  lay  figures, 
working    groups,    and    the    art    product    of    the 
general  activities. 

2.  Art.     Ceramics,    modeling,    vase   painting, 
systems  of  decoration,   symbolism.     Illustrated  by 
collections  and  artists  at  work. 

3.  Language.     Modern    methods    of  linguistic 
study.     Laboratory  and  mechanical  devices  for  in 
vestigating  and  recording  language.     Geography 
and  descent  of  languages  of  the  world.    Evolution 
of  various  methods  of  writing. 

4.  Social  order.    Tribal  and  family  groups,  clan 
systems.     Illustrated   by   models     of   houses  and 
villages,  and  families  from  various  tribes. 

5.  Ceremonies  and  music.     Illustrated  by  liv 
ing   performers,    photographic  and  phonographic 
records. 

C.    ART 
1.    Ancient  American  Art. 


156        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

a.  Architecture    of  Central    American    cities, 

shown  by  means  of  models  and  paintings. 

b.  Relief   sculpture.     Most    noted    bas-reliefs 

from  ancient  American  cities, 
e.     Sculptured  monuments;  replicas  of  the  great 

stela     and      zoomorphic     sculptures     of 

Quirigua. 

d.     Arts  of  ancient  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellers. 
2.     Modern  American  Art. 

a.  Mural     paintings,    based    on    ancient    and 

modern  Indian  life  and  art. 

b.  Mural  sculpture,  based    on   ancient   Indian 

life  and  art. 

c.  Exhibition  by  modern  American  painters. 

d.  Spanish-American  architecture. 

The  greater  part  of  the  material  for  the  exhibits 
here  outlined  has  been  acquired  for  permanent 
museum  use  following  the  Exposition.  Important 
loan  collections  are  acknowledged  representing  the 
researches  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology, 
the  Southwest  Museum,  the  University  of  Utah, 
the  Museum  of  New  Mexico,  and  numerous  priv 
ate  individuals. 

The  work  of  the  Exposition  has  involved  a  con 
siderable  amount  of  new  research.  It  will  occupy 
four  of  the  main  Exposition  buildings,  namely,  the 
Californian  Quadrangle,  which  comprises  the 
California  Buflding  and  the  Fine  Arts  Gallery;  the 
Science  of  Man  Building  and  the  Indian  Arts 
Building. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         157 

Mention  should  also  be  made  of  the  very  import 
ant  exhibit  by  the  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company, 
consisting  of  a  complete  Indian  town  of  the 
ancient  pueblo  style,  as  seen  at  Taos  and  Zuni, 
New  Mexico.  The  design  was  prepared  with  the 
assistance  of  the  staff  of  the  School,  and  Jesse  L. 
Nusbaum  was  released  from  the  staff  for  two 
years  to  become  the  constructor. 

IV.    FINANCIAL  STATEMENT 

School  of  American  Archaeology  and  Museum 

of  New  Mexico 
December  1,  1913,  to  September  30, 1914 

Receipts 

Balance  in  School  Treasury,  Dec.  1,  1913  .      $81.42 
Balance  in  Museum  Treasury,  Dec.  1.  1913.     176.14 

Archaeological  Institute  Warrants. 900.00 

State  Auditor's  Warrants 9996.72 

Contributions 80.00 

Camp  Fees..  20.00 

Publications  and  Photographs. . .  67.70 

Sale  of  old  material 60.00 

Due  on  Note .  2000.00 

Overdraft  .  291.99 


$13673.97 
Disbursements 

Reconstruction  of  Portal .  3484.98 

Building..  619.00 

Salaries  .  .  4002.75 


Carried  forward..      .  $8106.73 


158         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Brought  forward $8106.73 

Collection  of  Photographs 80. 00 

Excavations 591.07 

Fuel 413.22 

Insurance 259.81 

Interest.... 517.94 

Notes  Paid 3000.00 

Library 128.88 

Office  Expense 202. 11 

Photographs 42.40 

Printing 191.21 

Water  and  Light . .  140. 60 


$13673.97 
JOHN  R.  McFiE, 

Treasurer  of  the  School. 
N.  B.  LAUGHLIN, 

Treasurer  of  the  Museum. 

The  financial  reports  of  the  Auditor  of  the 
Panama-California  Exposition,  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  the  United  Fruit  Company  and  other 
organizations  with  which  cooperative  work  has 
been  done  during  the  year  may  be  referred  to  for 
the  account  of  activities  directed  by  the  School, 
the  funds  for  which  do  not  pass  through  its 
Treasury. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         159 

XVII. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1915 

MR.  WILLIAM  H.  HOLMES, 

Chairman  of  the  Managing  Committee, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

The  activities  of  the  School  of  American  Arch 
aeology  during  the  year  1915  included  field  work 
in  the  Southwest,  participation  in  the  Panama- 
California  Exposition,  art  exhibits,  lectures  and 
summer  school  work. 

1.  RESEARCH  WORK 

The  amount  of  research  work  in  the  Southwest 
ern  field  under  various  auspices,  was  extensive.  In 
two  expeditions,  the  School  participated. 

On  the  site  of  Pecos,  owned  by  the  Museum  of 
New  Mexico,  work  was  inaugurated  by  Dr.  A.  V. 
Kidder,  Field  Director,  for  the  archaeological  de 
partment  of  Phillips  Academy,  Andover,  Mass. 
Dr.  Charles  Peabody,  head  of  the  archaeological 
department  of  Andover,  visited  the  Pecos  excava 
tions  and  the  School  and  Museum,  on  his  way  to 
the  Pacific  coast.  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  of  the 
School  staff,  was  detailed  to  assist  Dr.  Kidder, 
particularly  to  look  after  the  repair  of  the  ruins  of 
the  Pecos  Mission. 

Mrs.  L.  L.  W.  Wilson,  of  the  Normal  School  for 


160          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Girls  in  Philadelphia,  was  in  charge  of  an  expedi 
tion  of  the  Commercial  Museum  of  Philadelphia, 
at  Otowi,  on  the  Pajarito  Plateau.  Wesley  Brad- 
field,  Museum  Assistant,  had  direct  supervision  of 
the  work,  and  Captain  J.  C.  Troutman,  who,  like 
Mrs.  Wilson,  had  been  last  year  on  the  expedition 
in  the  Jemez  region,  assisted  in  the  Otowi  excava 
tions.  The  work  will  be  continued  next  summer. 
Most  interesting  were  the  result  of  an  expedition 
of  the  School  in  charge  of  Mr.  Frank  Springer,  ac 
companied  by  Carlos  Vierra  and  K.  M.  Chapman, 
artists  of  the  School,  Mrs.  Vierra,  Miss  Kate 
Mueller,  Miss  Myrtle  Boyle,  all  of  Santa  Fe,  and 
Miss  Eleanor  Johnson  of  New  York.  Caves  in  the 
Rito  de  los  Frijoles  were  explored,  and  mural  de 
corations  of  an  extraordinary  nature  were  found 
graven  upon  the  walls  with  bone  needles  or  stone 
awls.  Two  hundred  caves  were  explored.  In 
some  cases  nine  coats  of  plastering  covered  the 
designs.  Copies  of  a  large  number  of  the  decora 
tions  were  made.  A  description  of  these  interest 
ing  finds  with  illustrations  will  be  prepared  by 
Mr.  Chapman  for  early  publication  in  a  Bulletin  of 
the  School. 

Because  of  an  adverse  claim  to  the  ruins  of 
Cuarai,  no  excavations  were  made  upon  that  site 
this  year,  although  the  Museum  appropriated 
$1500  for  that  purpose. 

II.    THE  MUSEUM 

The  number  of  visitors  to  the  Museum  this  year 


o: 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        161 

will  be  close  to  30,000,  almost  four  times  as  many 
as  last  year.  The  State  Legislature  has  made 
permanent  the  appropriation  of  $10,000  a  year  for 
maintenance. 

The  Legislature  also  appropriated  $30,000 
toward  the  erection  of  an  additional  building  for 
the  School  and  Museum.  It  will  be  a  replica  of 
the  New  Mexico  Building  at  the  Panama-Califor 
nia  Exposition.  This  appropriation  is  conditional 
upon  the  contribution  of  $30,OCO  from  private 
sources,  and  the  donation  of  a  suitable  site  by  the 
people  of  Santa  Fe.  The  desired  site  has  been 
granted,  and  friends  of  the  School  are  now  engag 
ed  in  raising  the  additional  required  funds.  Mr. 
Frank  Springer,  who  was  mainly  instrumental  in 
securing  the  favorable  legislative  action,  has  laid 
the  foundation  for  the  Art  Gallery  which  is  to  be 
part  of  the  new  Museum,  by  having  finished  by 
Messrs.  Chapman  and  Vierra  the  mural  decora- 
tions  for  the  auditorium  that  were  left  uncomplet 
ed  by  the  death  of  Donald  Beauregard. 
III.  SUMMER  SCHOOL  WORK 

The  summer  session  of  the  School  was  held  this 
year  at  San  Diego.     One  hundred  and  seventy-six 
students  took  the  courses  offered  in  Archaeology. 
Anthropology,  and  related  subjects. 
IV.    EXPOSITION  WORK 

The  paper  published  in  the  November  number 
of   Art   and    Archaeology,  sets  forth  in  part  the 
11 


162         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

work  done  by  the  School  in  Central  American  Ar 
chaeology,  and  may  be  referred  to  as  part  of  this 
report. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  exhibits  at  the 
Panama-California  Exposition  relating  to  the 
culture  history  of  the  native  American  race  and 
the  division  devoted  to  Ancient  America,  the 
Director  was  in  personal  charge.  The  foundation 
for  the  culture  history  exhibit  was  laid  by  the 
preparation,  under  the  personal  supervision  of  Mr. 
William  H.  Holmes,  of  a  series  of  groups,  illustrat 
ing  by  means  of  lay  figures,  such  important  steps 
in  the  beginning  of  native  American  culture  as  the 
manufacture  of  stone  implements,  the  working  of 
ancient  soapstone  quarries  of  Catalina  Island,  the 
prehistoric  obsidian  workers  of  California,  the  be 
ginnings  of  sculpture  among  the  ancient  Mexicans, 
primitive  copper  mining  on  Isle  Royal,  Lake 
Superior,  and  prehistoric  iron  mining  in  the  state 
of  Missouri.  This  exhibit  was  further  extended 
to  include  collections  representing  the  evolution  of 
the  stone  art  from  its  simplest  forms  to  the  high 
est  achievements  in  the  shaping  of  stone  and  the 
manipulations  of  metal. 

A  series  of  village  group  models,  illustrating 
houses  and  house  life  in  the  most  important 
culture  areas  from  Greenland  and  Alaska  to 
Patagonia,  were  prepared  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Walter  Hough  of  the  United  States  National 
Museum.  Like  the  series  just  described,  repre- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         163 

sen  ting  the  evolution  of  art  in  stone,  this  has 
proved  to  be  of  exceptional  educational  value. 

Field  work  extending  over  a  period  of  three 
years,  carried  on  by  John  P,  Harrington,  resulted 
in  the  preparation  and  installation  in  the  Indian 
Arts  Building  of  important  exhibits  reproducing 
the  houses  and  house  life  of  the  Mohave  Indians 
of  the  Colorado  basin  and  of  the  coast  and  island 
peoples  of  California.  These  reproductions  are 
accurate  in  every  detail,  and  invaluable  in  pre 
serving  phases  of  native  material  culture  which 
must  soon  completely  disappear. 

The  exhibit  illustrating  the  physical  history  and 
relative  status  of  the  races  of  man  occupies,  with 
the  laboratory  pertaining  to  it,  five  rooms  in  the 
Science  and  Education  Building.  It  was  prepared 
and  installed  by  Dr.  Ales  Hrdlicka  of  the  United 
States  National  Museum,  who,  with  the  sanction 
of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
undertook  the  ardous  task  of  collecting  the 
material  from  many  sources  near  and  remote* 
After  close  observation  of  the  attention  paid  to 
this  exhibit  by  the  general  public  and  by  visitors 
from  many  countries,  it  may  be  confidently  stated 
that  among  exhibits  within  this  important  field  of 
research,  it  is  without  a  rival  and  constitutes  a 
distinct  and  eminent  achievement  in  anthropology. 

Through  the  generosity  of  the  Santa  Fe  Rail 
way  Company,  it  became  feasible  to  construct  a 
full-size  replica  of  a  typical  Indian  pueblo  and  to 


164         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

fill  it  with  representatives  of  living  tribes,  the 
Pueblo,  Navaho,  Apache,  and  Havasupai,  engaged 
in  then*  customary  occupations.  This  exhibit  prov 
ed  to  be  one  of  the  most  attractive  and  important 
features  of  the  Exposition,  and  is  credited  to  the 
genius  of  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum.  The  extent  of  the 
work,  the  accuracy  of  the  reproduction  of  the 
rocky  site,  and  the  completeness  of  every  detail  of 
arrangement  and  construction,  place  this  exhibit 
on  a  plane  above  anything  of  the  kind  ever  before 
undertaken. 

New  Mexico  stands  foremost  among  the  states 
of  the  Union  in  recognizing  the  value  of  its  anti 
quities  and  in  making  them  an  asset  in  the  wel 
fare  and  development  of  the  state.  Extensive 
collections  brought  together  in  the  State  Building 
comprise  archaeological  and  ethnological  models 
prepared  by  Percy  Adams,  besides  extensive 
series  of  specimens,  photographs,  transparencies, 
and  other  exhibits  illustrating  the  history,  archa 
eology  and  ethnology  of  New  Mexico.  The  build 
ing  in  the  archaic  mission  style  of  the  Rio  Grande 
Valley,  antedating  the  oldest  California  missions 
by  a  century  and  a  half,  is  one  of  the  most  effect 
ive  in  the  Exposition  city. 

There  has  been  formed  by  leading  citizens  of 
San  Diego  a  Museum  Association,  which  has  for 
its  object  the  development  and  maintenance  of  a 
public  museum  for  the  city.  After  the  close  of 
the  Exposition  it  is  expected  that  adequate  build- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         165 

ings  will  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Museum 
by  the  City  Park  Board,  and  that  the  Exposition 
stockholders  may  turn  over  the  valuable  perman 
ent  collections  to  the  Museum,  as  contemplated  in 
the  original  plans  agreed  upon  by  the  officers  of 
the  Exposition  and  the  Institute. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 
Nov.  1,  1915. 


11 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 


XVIII. 
Report  of  the  Iftrector 

1916 

MR.  WILLIAM  H.  HOLMES, 
Chairman  of  the  Managing  Committee, 
National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Sir: 

In  view  of  the  extended  account  of  the  plans 
and  progress  of  the  School  appearing  in  the 
December  number  of  Art  and  Archaeology  I  shall, 
with  your  permission,  omit  from  this  report  many 
details  which  otherwise  should  be  recorded. 
Those  who  are  sufficiently  interested  to  desire 
more  particular  information  with  reference  to  the 
School  we  may  refer  to  the  Magazine. 
I.  FIELD  WORK 

The  School  has  this  year  finished  the  excavation 
of  the  East  House  at  Puye  on  the  Pajarito  Plateau. 
Ninety  rooms  constituting  the  original  ground 
floor  of  the  structure  forming  the  east  side  of  the 
great  community  quadrangle  were  cleared.  Two 
kivas  were  completely  excavated,  one,  the  main 
sanctuary  of  the  East  House,  situated  to  the  east 
within  a  few  feet  of  its  outer  wall;  the  other,  on 
the  upper  terrace  of  the  Puye  cliff  at  the  head  of 
the  south  trail.  This  was  doubtless  a  clan  kiva. 
A  third,  of  large  size,  probably  one  of  the  two 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          167 

main  tribal  sanctuaries  of  Puye,  situated  on  the 
talus  of  the  lower  terrace,  was  partially  excavat 
ed.  The  reservoir  west  of  the  great  quadrangle 
was  examined  and  surveyed.  The  work  at  Puye 
was  under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  assisted 
by  the  Summer  School  class  of  twenty,  and  fifteen 
of  the  Tewa  Indians  of  the  San  Ildefonso  Puebla 

The  Executive  Secretary,  Paul  A.  F.  Walter, 
with  the  Superintendent  of  Construction,  Jesse  L» 
Nusbaum,  investigated  the  condition  of  the  ruins 
in  the  Manzano  district  with  special  reference  to 
Quarai,  Tabira  (Gran  Quivira)  and  Abo.  The  re 
sults  are  published  in  Number  35,  Papers  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology. 

An  arrangement  has  been  made  between  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Royal  Ontario  Muse 
um  of  Toronto,  Canada,  and  the  School  of  Ameri 
can  Archaeology  to  undertake  jointly  a  study  of 
the  ruins  of  Chaco  Caflon,  New  Mexico,  and  con 
tinue  the  same  for  a  number  of  years.  The  work 
will  be  under  a  Commission  consisting  of  William 
H.  Holmes  of  the  National  Museum,  F.  W.  Hodge 
of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  C.  T.  Cur- 
relly  of  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  and  the  Direc 
tor  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology.  The 
collaboration  of  these  three  institutions  insures  a 
combination  of  scientific  and  financial  forces  com 
mensurate  with  the  importance  of  the  undertaking. 

Mr.  Frank  Springer  and  party  extended  and  fin 
ished  their  examination,  commenced  a  year  ago, 


168         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

of  the  mural  decorations  in  the  caves  of  the  Rito 
de  los  Frijoles.  Material  has  been  secured  for  an 
important  publication  on  this  subject. 

The  excavations  necessary  for  the  foundations  of 
the  new  art  museum  of  the  School  have  added  im 
portant  data  for  the  archaeological  history  of  San 
ta  Fe.  A  fairly  complete  exhibit  can  now  be  made 
of  the  historical  stratification  of  the  place  from 
the  earliest  times  to  the  present. 

On  account  of  the  continuation  of  the  Exposition 
at  San  Diego  for  a  second  year,  requiring  the  pres 
ence  of  the  Director  and  members  of  the  staff  in 
looking  after  the  anthropological  and  archaeologi 
cal  exhibits,  it  was  impossible  to  resume  the  exca 
vations  in  Guatemala.  It  is  hoped  that  this  may 
be  done  during  the  coming  winter. 

Other  expeditions  were  conducted  in  the  South 
west  with  which  the  School  is  intimately  related. 
The  studies  of  John  P.  Harrington  on  the  Coast 
and  Island  Tribes  of  Southern  California,  main 
tained  by  the  School  for  three  years  and  now  by 
the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  are  being  pre 
pared  for  publication.  It  has  been  a  work  of  much 
greater  magnitude  than  was  originally  anticipated. 
Dr.  A.  V.  Kidder,  Field  Director  for  Phillips  Acad 
emy,  Andover,  has  finished  his  second  successful 
season  at  Pecos,  New  Mexico,  a  site  owned  by  the 
School.  A  second  expedition  at  Otowi  was  con 
ducted  by  Mrs.  L.  L.  W.  Wilson  on  behalf  of 
the  Commercial  Museum  of  Philadelphia,  the 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         169 

concession  for  this  site  having  been  relinquished 
by  the  School  to  the  cooperating  institution. 

The  amount  of  research  done  during  1916  was 
the  largest  in  the  history  of  the  Southwest. 
II.    MUSEUM 

The  amount  of  Museum  work  that  has  developed 
has  given  the  School  a  larger  place  in  scientific  ed 
ucation  than  was  expected  of  it,  though  this  was 
anticipated  by  its  founders.  Through  this  agency 
it  serves  a  large  constituency  and  provides  more 
complete  facilities  for  students  than  can  be  afford 
ed  by  field  work  alone. 

The  Museum  in  Santa  Fe  will  develop  into  four 
units,  namely: 

The  Museum  of  Southwestern  Archaeology. 

The  Art  Museum. 

The  Museum  of  Ethnology. 

The  Central  American  Museum. 

The  first  is  installed  in  the  Palace  of  the  Govern 
ors  though  not  yet  in  systematic  form.  The  second 
becomes  possible  with  the  completion  of  the  build 
ing  now  under  construction.  It  will  require  two 
more  quadrangles  to  provide  for  the  additional  de 
velopment  predicted  and  we  may  look  forward  to 
their  construction  within  a  reasonable  time. 

The  Museum  at  San  Diego,  growing  out  of  the 
work  done  by  the  School  for  the  Panama-Califor 
nia  Exposition,  has  been  permanently  organized 
under  a  local  Board  of  Directors.  It  will  consist 
of  the  following  divisions  in  which  substantial 


170         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

beginnings  are  already  made  and  for  which  ac 
commodations  are  available. 

The  Art  Gallery  in  the  Fine  Arts  Building. 

The  Art  of  Ancient  America  in  the  California 
Building. 

The  Indian  Museum  in  the  Indian  Arts  Building. 

Anthropology  in  the  Science  of  Man  Building. 

The  first  two  buildings  mentioned,  comprising 
the  California  Quadrangle  are  fireproof.  The  last 
two  are  not,  but  with  a  small  expenditure  for  con 
crete  foundations,  lining  of  interiors  and  metal 
conduits  for  electric  wires,  both  buildings  can  be 
made  reasonably  safe.  The  anthropological  sta 
tion  has  quarters  in  the  fireproof  quadrangle. 
III.  ART. 

The  development  in  art  in  the  Southwest  during 
the  past  five  years  has  been  phenomenal.  About 
forty  artists,  American  and  foreign,  have  sojourn 
ed  in  New  Mexico  in  recent  months,  mainly  in 
Santa  Fe  and  Taos,  for  the  purpose  of  painting  the 
Southwest.  The  output  of  art  has  been  greater 
from  this  than  from  any  other  section  of  the  Unit 
ed  States. 

Eighteen  art  exhibitions  have  been  held  in  the 
Palace  during  the  past  twelve  months.  Their 
character  has  been  such  as  to  attract  favorable 
comment  from  such  magazines  as  Scribners'  and 
many  other  publications. 

The  School  is  endeavoring  to  encourage  this 
movement  by  extending  its  facilities  to  artists  and 
by  helping,  through  its  various  activities,  to  bring 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         171 

them  into  intimate  touch  with  the  phases  of  life 
and  nature  which  artists  are  finding  of  such  ab 
sorbing  interest.  Besides  the  work  in  the  studios 
of  Chapman  and  Vierra  reaching  over  a  term  of 
years,  the  School  has  this  year  been  able  to  extend 
the  courtesies  of  its  studios  to  Robert  Henri,  Paul 
Burlin,  Warren  E.  Rollins,  Gerald  Cassidy,  William 
Penhallow  Henderson  and  Sheldon  Parsons.  This 
plan  of  offering  studio  facilities  to  artists,  but  little 
practised  outside  of  a  few  European  cities,  will  be 
extended  as  rapidly  as  possible.  It  is  hoped  that 
eventually  not  less  than  a  dozen  studios  may  be 
maintained.  The  four  that  we  now  have  are  in 
constant  service  and  twelve  could  be  used  to  good 
advantage.  It  is  the  purpose  of  the  School  to  in 
time  have  as  many  studios  for  artists  and  archi 
tects  as  it  does  rooms  for  students  of  archaeology 
and  anthropology. 

The  completion  of  the  new  gallery  will  prove  a 
great  stimulus  to  art  in  the  Southwest.  Unsur 
passed  facilities  can  then  be  offered  for  exhibi 
tions.  Well  lighted  galleries  will  be  had  for 
permanent  acquisitions.  There  will  be  an  excel 
lent  auditorium  and  rooms  for  conference  and 
class  work. 

The  artists  who  are  working  in  the  Southwest 
are  showing  their  cordial  appreciation  of  what  the 
School  is  endeavoring  to  do  for  art.  Valuable 
gifts  of  paintings  have  been  received  from  Robert 
Henri,  Joseph  Henry  Sharp,  Gerald  Cassidy,  War- 


172         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

ren  E.  Rollins,  Sheldon  Parsons,  Paul  Burlin,  and 
others  have  signified  their  desire  to  have  a  part  in 
the  upbuilding  of  the  new  gallery. 
IV.    EXPOSITION 

At  the  close  of  the  year  1915  the  management  of 
the  Panama-California  Exposition  decided  upon  a 
continuation  for  a  second  year.  This  made  it  nec 
essary  for  the  School  to  consider  the  question  of 
maintaining  its  exhibits  in  archaeology  and  anthro 
pology.  The  prominence  given  the  sciences  of 
man  during  the  previous  year  made  it  seem  oblig 
atory  upon  the  School  to  keep  up  its  Exposition 
work.  This  was  done  but  not  as  extensively  as 
the  year  before.  The  Central  American  collections 
in  the  California  building  were  retired  in  order  to 
make  way  for  the  official  exhibits  of  France.  The 
display  in  physical  anthropology  was  continued 
without  change  as  was  that  in  the  archaeology  of 
the  Southwest.  The  whole  was  strengthened  by 
the  addition  of  the  ethnological  groups  and  other 
collections  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  which 
had  been  previously  installed  at  the  Exposition  in 
San  Francisco.  In  the  administration  at  San  Diego 
during  the  year  the  Director  was  assisted  by  Wes 
ley  Bradfield  of  the  regular  Museum  staff  in  Santa 
Fe  and  Mrs.  Donald  Ray  Morgan.  During  the 
month  of  August,  Mrs.  Morgan  and  Mrs.  Wilson  of 
the  Museum  in  Santa  Fe  exchanged  positions. 

At  the  end  of  the  year  the  Exposition  will  per 
manently  close  and  be  succeeded  by  the  Museum 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          173 

of  San  Diego  which  takes  over  the  collections  in 
anthropology  and  archaeology  for  permanent  in 
stallation  in  the  buildings  which  will  be  retained 
for  them. 

A  final  report  on  the  work  of  the  School  at  the 
Exposition  is  in  course  of  preparation  but  will  re 
quire  ome  years  for  publication. 

V.    SUMMER  SCHOOL 

The  regular  session  of  the  Summer  School  was 
this  year  held  in  the  field  in  connection  with  the 
excavations  at  Puye,  which  have  been  referred  to 
in  a  preceding  section.  The  class  was  limited  to 
twenty  and  the  maximum  number  was  enrolled. 

The  subject  upon  which  all  the  work  of  the 
Summer  School  was  concentrated  was  "The 
Pueblos,  Ancient  and  Modern."  The  work  con 
sisted  of  the  following  series  of  problems: 

1.  The  construction  of  a   typical   pueblo   of  the 
pre-Spanish  period.     Social  organization;  dual 
order;  clan  system;  architecture. 

2.  Reconstruction  of  a  section  (300  feet  long)   of 
the  Puye  cliff  showing  the  two  levels  of  vil 
lages  and  the  great  community  house  above. 

3.  Study  of  a  typical  summer  ceremony  of  the 
Rio   Grande   Pueblos.     Religious  life;  archaic 
dress;  symbolism. 

4.  Study  of  pottery  making.     Technical  proces 
ses;  decoration;  symbolism. 

5.  Distribution,   ancient  and   modern.     Environ 
ment;  contact  with  European  culture. 

6.  Transition    from   cliff   and  mesa  dwellings  to 
present  sites.    Climatic  influences  and  changes ; 
intermixture  of  culture. 


174        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

7.     Food  Quest. 

Preparation  of  a  cliff  dweller's  feast. 
Notes. 
The  course  included, 

A.  Visits  to  the  Pueblos  of  Taos,  Santa  Clara, 
Santo  Domingo,  and  San  Ildefonso,  with  lectures 
and  readings. 

B.  Study  of  the  ancient   cliff  community  of 
Puye    with   excavations   and    lectures    on    the 
ground. 

C.  Study  of  the  major  summer  ceremonies  at 
the  Keres  Pueblo,  Santo  Domingo  and  the  Tewa 
Pueblo,  Santa  Clara. 

D.  Study  of  the  pottery  making  of  the  pueb 
los  as  demonstrated  by  Indian  women  from  San 
Ildefonso. 

E.  Daily   lectures    (two   hours)  on  anthrop 
ology  and  archaeology  with  special  reference  to 
the  Pueblos. 

For  credit,  papers  of  not  less  than  1000  words 
each,  with  acceptable  illustrations  were  required 
on  four  of  the  problems,  with  notes  on  the  lect 
ures,  field  work  and  readings. 

VI.    PUBLICATION 

The  School  issues  regularly  its  magazine,  El  Pa- 
lacio,  edited  by  Mr.  Walter,  and  published  parti 
cularly  for  the  members  of  the  New  Mexico  Arch 
aeological  Society,  a  local  organization,  numbering 
452  members.  The  circulation  of  the  magazine 
has  of  late  however,  become  almost  national  in 
character  showing  the  wide  extent  of  interest  in 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         175 

the  archaeology  of  the  Southwest.  Mr.  Walter 
has  also  distributed  regularly  through  the  medium 
of  the  daily  press  and  periodicals  throughout  the 
country,  the  most  important  items  of  information 
relating  to  the  work  of  the  Institute  in  all  its 
fields.  The  value  of  this  educational  propaganda 
can  hardly  be  over-estimated. 

The  following  publications  of  the  work  of  the 
School  have  now  been  issued  by  the  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology: 

Physiography  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley,  by 
Hewrett,  Henderson  and  Robbins. 

The  Ethnogeography  of  the  Tewa  Indians,  by 
John  P.  Harrington. 

The  Ethnozoology  of  the  Tewa  Indians,  by  Har 
rington  and  Henderson. 

The  Ethnobotany  of  the  Tewa  Indians,  by  Rob- 
bins,  Harrington  and  Miss  Freire-Marreco. 

With  the  completion  of  the  fifth  volume,  The  Ar 
chaeology  of  the  Pajarito  Plateau,  by  the  Director, 
this  series  will  form  a  complete  anthropological 
survey  of  the  most  important  section  of  the  South 
west.  It  will  serve  as  a  model  for  the  treatment 
of  other  districts.  The  papers  of  the  School  of 
American  Archaeology  have  now  reached  Number 
36. 

VII.    ENDOWMENT 

It  is  believed  that  a  solid  foundation  for  the  en 
dowment  of  the  School  has  now  been  laid  in  the 
development  of  permanent  buildings  and  equip- 


176         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

ment  necessary  for  its  administration  and  the  pro 
secution  of  its  activities  in  archaeology  and  art. 
A  cash  contribution  of  $30,000  to  the  School  of 
American  Archaeology  enabled  it  to  take  advant 
age  of  a  like  amount  offered  by  the  state  of  New 
Mexico  and  a  site  valued  at  $25,000  adjacent  to  the 
headquarters  of  the  School  in  the  Palace  of  the 
Governors,  donated  by  the  people  of  Santa  Fe 
through  an  arrangement  of  the  City  Board  of 
Education  and  the  Beard  of  County  Commis 
sioners.  The  cost  of  the  building  will  be  approxi 
mately  $100,000. 

The  friends  of  the  School  to  whom  we  are  in 
debted  for  this  contribution  are: 

Frank  Springer,  Las  Vegas,  N.  M. 

James  Douglass,  New  York  City. 

A.  C.  James,  New  York  City. 

Cleveland  H.  Dodge,  New  York  City. 

James  McLean,  New  York  City. 

William  Church  Osborn,  New  York  City, 

Alice  D.  Osborn,  New  York  City. 

Mary  M.  H.  Dodge,  New  York  City. 

Spencer  Penrose,  Colorado  Springs,  Colo. 

Charles  M.  MacNeill,  New  York  City. 

D.  C.  Jackling,  San  Francisco,  Cal. 

J.  D.  Sully,  Silver  City,  N.  M. 

Herbert  J.  Hagerman,  Roswell,  N.  M. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Max  Nordhaus,  Albuquerque,  N.  M. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  Ilfeld,  Albuquerque,   N.   M. 

Dr.  Edward  A.  Staab,  New  York  City. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        177 

Henry  M.  Porter,  Denver,  Colo. 

Joshua  Raynolds,  Albuquerque,  N.  M. 

Mrs.  Margaret  M.  Dobyne,  Boston,  Mass.  (In 
memory  of  Henry  Koehler,  late  President  of  the 
St.  Louis,  Rocky  Mountain  and  Pacific  Company.) 

Hugo  A.  Koehler,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Jan  Van  Houten,  Raton,  N.  M. 

Charles  Springer,  Cimarron,  N.  M. 

The  agreement  between  the  contributing  parties 
was  conditioned  upon  the  use  of  the  new  building 
as  well  as  that  of  the  Palace  of  the  Governors, 
being  granted  in  perpetuity  to  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology,  thus  putting  the  arrangement 
on  the  basis  of  a  permanent  endowment,  To  this 
must  be  added  the  appropriation  of  $10,000  a  year 
(the  income  on  $250,000  at  4  per  cent)  by  the  state 
of  New  Mexico  for  the  support  of  the  local  estab 
lishment. 

In  order  that  the  records  of  the  Institute  may 
show  all  conditions  of  the  transactions  above  re 
ferred  to,  the  following  communication  and  resolu 
tions  are  here  set  forthwith  in  full. 

Santa  Fe,  April  12,  1916. 
To  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Museum  of  New 

Mexico: 

Gentlemen — Referring  to  the  Act  of  the  Legis 
lature  of  New  Mexico  entitled  "An  Act  providing 
for  the  reproduction  in  permanent  form  of  the 
New  Mexico  Building  of  the  Panama-California 
Exposition,"  approved  March  18,  1915,  I  am 
12 


178          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

authorized  to  offer  to  your  Honorable  Board,  for 
and  on  behalf  of  the  School  of  American  Archae 
ology,  the  sum  of  thirty  thousand  dollars  ($30,000) 
being  the  amount  required  by  said  Act  to  be 
furnished  from  sources  other  than  the  state,  ap 
plicable  to  the  construction  of  the  building  in  said 
Act  provided  for,  in  order  to  render  the  state  ap 
propriation  of  one  half  the  cost  thereof  available— 
this  offer  being  made  subject  to  certain  provisions 
and  conditions  which  it  is  hoped  will  be  acceptable 
to  your  Board,  and  which  are  as  follows: 

1.  That  in  consideration  of  the  furnishing  of 
the  said  sum  of  thirty  thousand  dollars  by  and  on 
behalf  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology  to 
insure  the  construction  of  the  said  building  as  and 
for  a  part  of  the   Museum  of   New   Mexico,  the 
Board  of  Regents  of  said  Museum  grants  in  per 
petuity  and  free  of  rent  or  other  charge  to  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology  the  use  of  the 
said  Building  so  to  be  constructed  according  to  the 
provisions   of   said   Act,    and    situated  upon   the 
ground  donated  for  that  purpose  by  the  Board  of 
Education  of  the  City  of  Santa  Fe,   fronting  upon 
Palace  and  Lincoln  Avenues,  as  and  for  a  part  of 
the  seat  of  its  School  and  Museum,   together  with 
the  like    use   of  the  building  known  as  the  Old 
Palace  in  Santa  Fe  in  all  respects  as  provided  in 
the  Act  of  the  Legislature  of  New  Mexico  entitled 
"An  Act  to  establish  a  Museum  for  the  Territory 
of  New  Mexico  and  for  other  purposes,"  approved 
February  19,  1909. 

2.  That  the  said  building  so  to  be  constructed 
is  declared  to  be  an  Annex  to  the  Palace  of  the 
Governors,    built    for   the  accommodation  of  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico  and  School  of  American 
Archaeology  as  provided  in  the  Act  of  the  Legis- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          179 

lature  of  New  Mexico,  approved  February  19,  1909 
as  amended;  and  it  shall  be  devoted  to  the  uses 
specified  in  that  Act  and  in  the  Act  of  said  Legis 
lature  approved  March  18,  1915,  as  well  as  in  the 
agreement  between  the  Board  of  Education  of  the 
City  of  Santa  Fe,  and  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico,  dated  September  4,  1915, 
and  no  other. 

3.  That  it  is  further  declared  and  agreed  that 
no  part  of  the  premises  provided  for  the  use  of 
the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  and  School  of  Ameri 
can    Archaeology  by   either  of  said  Acts  of  the 
Legislature  can  ever  be  leased  or  tenure  thereof 
given  to  any  organization  not  under  the  control  of 
their  regularly  constituted  governing  Boards,  nor 
can  any  private  or  corporate  business  enterprises 
be  permitted  on  said  premises. 

4.  That   the   acceptance    of  the   said  sum  of 
money  and  of  the  forgoing  provisions  and  condi 
tions  numbered  1,  2,  and  3,   by  resolution  of  said 
Board   of  Regents   spread  upon  its  records  shall 
have  the  force  and  effect  of  a  grant  of  the  use  of 
the  two  buildings  hereinbefore  mentioned,   and  of 
any  additions  or  improvements  that  may  be  made 
thereto,  to  the  said  School  of  American  Archae 
ology,  and  of  a  declaration  and  ageeement  in  rela 
tion  to  the  uses  and  purposes  to  which  said  build 
ings  and  premises  shall  be  devoted,  which  grant, 
declaration  and  agreement  shall  be  binding  and  ir 
revocable  so  long  as  the  said  buildings  and  pre 
mises  shall  continue  to  be  used  by  said  School  of 
American  Archaeology  for  the  purposes  contem 
plated  by  said  Acts  of  the  Legislature. 

5.  That   the   said   proposed   building   be  con 
structed  substantially  after  the  architectural  plans 
prepared  by  I.  H.  and  W.  M.  Rapp,  Architects,  as 


180         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

shown  by  the  sketches  herev/ith  submitted,  sub 
ject  to  such  minor  changes  as  may  be  made  from 
time  to  time  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  or 
the  Building  Committee — such  construction  to  be 
under  the  supervision  of  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  now 
the  superintendent  of  construction  on  the  Museum 
staff,  and  to  be  at  a  cost  which  shall  be  limited  to 
the  sum  of  sixty  thousand  dollars  ($60,000,)  unless 
further  expenditure  be  afterward  authorized  by 
the  Board,  or  provided  by  private  contribution. 

6.  That  a  Building  Committee  be  appointed,  to 
consist  of  the  Director  and  two  members  of  the 
Board  of  Regents  to  be  appointed  by  the  President 
of  the  Board  or  in  such  other  manner  as  the  Board 
may  decide,  who  shall  have  control  of  the  ex 
penditures,  contracts,  purchases  of  material,  and 
all  other  matters  not  specifically  provided  for  by 
resolution  of  the  Board. 

This  fund  of  $30,000,  for  the  construction  at 
Santa  Fe  of  a  building  which  shall  be  substantial 
ly  a  replica  of  the  New  Mexico  State  Building  at 
the  San  Diego  Exposition,  as  and  for  a  part  of  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico,  to  be  applied  under  the 
auspices  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology, 
being  the  sum  required  by  the  Act  of  the  Legis 
lature  to  be  provided  from  private  sources  before 
the  fund  appropriated  by  the  State  can  become 
available,  is  contributed  by  a  small  group  of  men 
and  women,  residents  of  or  interested  in  the  State, 
whose  names  will  be  furnished  later,  who  desire 
in  this  manner  to  attest  their  loyalty  to  New  Mex 
ico,  their  solicitude  for  its  progress,  and  their  ap- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         181 

preciation  of  the  benefits  which  its  opportunities 
have  afforded  them. 

Very  respectfully, 

FRANK  SPRINGER, 

Trustee  for  the  subscribers,  and  IVlember  of  the 

Managing  Committee  of  the  School 

of  American  Archaeology. 

Following  this  communication  the  Board  of  Re 
gents  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  unanimously 
adopted  the  accompanying  resolution. 

Whereas,  the  provisions  and  conditions  in  said 
offer  above  mentioned,  in  the  opinion  of  this 
Board,  are  in  conformity  with  the  intent,  meaning 
and  purposes  of  the  several  acts  of  the  legislature 
in  relation  to  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico,  are 
within  the  powers  conferred  upon  the  Board  by 
said  acts,  and  are  also  advisable  and  to  the  in 
terest  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico; 

Therefore,  be  it  Resolved  by  the  Board  of  Re 
gents  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico: 

That  the  offer  of  the  sum  of  Thirty  Thousand 
Dollars  ($30,000)  so  as  aforesaid  made  for  and  on 
behalf  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology,  in 
the  terms  as  hereinbefore  set  forth,  be  and  the 
same  hereby  is  accepted  together  with  the  provi 
sions  and  conditions  therein  specified. 

2.  That  in  consideration  of  the  furnishing  of 
the  said  sum  of  thirty  thousand  dollars  by  and  on 
behalf  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology,  the 
provisions  and  conditions  numbered  One  (1,)  Two 
(2)  and  Three  (3)  in  said  offer  contained,  and 
which  are  accepted  as  aforesaid,  are  hereby  adopt 
ed  and  declared  to  have  the  force  and  effect  of  a 
12* 


182         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

grant  and  agreement  of  the  tenor  and  effect  in 
said  offer  recited  which  shall  be  binding  and  irre 
vocable  so  long  as  the  said  premises  in  said  offer 
mentioned  shall  continue  to  be  used  by  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology  for  the  purposes  con 
templated  in  the  acts  of  the  legislature  of  New 
Mexico  heretofore  passed  in  relation  to  the  said 
Museum;  and  that  a  copy  of  these  resolutions, 
duly  certified  by  the  President  and  Secretary  of 
this  Board,  be  furnished  to  the  chairman  of  the 
Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology  as  lawful  and  sufficient  evidence  of 
such  declaration,  grant  and  agreement. 

Be  it  further  Resolved  That  the  said  proposed 
building  shall  be  constructed  substantially  accord 
ing  to  the  architectural  plans  prepared  by  I.  H. 
and  W.  M.  Rapp,  architects,  as  shown  by  the 
sketches  submitted  in  connection  with  said  offer, 
subject  to  such  minor  changes  as  may  be  made 
from  time  to  time  with  the  approval  of  the  Direc 
tor  or  the  Building  Committee,  and  that  such  con 
struction  shall  be  had  and  done  under  the  super 
vision  of  Jesse  L.  Nusbaum,  the  superintendent  of 
construction  upon  the  Museum  staff,  the  same  to 
proceed  with  all  convenient  speed,  and  such  con 
struction  to  be  limited  to  the  sum  of  sixty 
thousand  dollars  ($60,000),  unless  further  expen 
diture  be  hereafter  authorized  by  the  Board  or 
provided  by  private  contributions. 

Be  it  further  Resolved,  That  a  Building  Com 
mittee,  to  consist  of  the  Director  and  two  members 
of  this  Board,  to  be  appointed  by  the  President, 
is  hereby  created,  and  such  committee  shall  have 
control  of  expenditures,  contracts,  purchases  of 
material  and  all  other  matters  pertaining  to  the 
construction  of  said  building  and  the  equipment 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         183 

thereof  which  are  not  specifically  provided  for  by 
resolution  of  the  Board. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  be  able  to  report  that  the  con 
struction  of  the  new  art  museum  as  above  provid 
ed  for  is  well  along,  and  that  it  will  be  finished  in 
1917. 

The  building  adjoining  the  new  Museum  on  the 
north,  formerly  one  of  the  official  residences  of 
Fort  Marcy,  has  been  secured  and  remodeled  for 
the  Director's  residence.  The  money  for  this  pur 
pose  was  advanced  by  Mr.  Frank  Springer  who 
holds  the  title  to  the  property.  A  plan  for  its 
purchase  by  the  School  will  be  submitted  to  the 
Managing  Committee  at  its  next  meeting.  The 
cost  will  be  within  $10,000. 

No  account  is  here  given  of  the  provisions  being 
made  for  the  development  of  the  anthropological 
station  in  San  Diego,  since  arrangements  there 
are  not  yet  far  enough  along  to  warrant  publica 
tion.  It  is  confidently  expected  that  the  establish 
ment  there  will  be  as  well  provided  for  in  propor 
tion  to  its  importance  as  is  the  parent  organization 
in  Santa  Fe.  The  collections  costing  $100,000  as 
sembled  by  the  School  for  the  Exposition  have 
been  made  permanently  available  for  our  work 
together  with  ample  laboratories  in  the  fireproof 
California  Quadrangle. 

There  is  now  at  the  disposal  of  the  School  for 
the  convenience  of  its  future  work,  buildings, 
equipment  and  collections  which  may  be  conser- 


184         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

vatively  valued  at  $500, 000  all  of  which  has  been 
provided  by  a  few  people  devoted  to  the  advance 
ment  of  science  and  art,  in  two  western  communi 
ties  that  are  comparatively  undeveloped  as  to  pop 
ulation  and  wealth,  assisted  by  a  number  of  gener 
ous  friends  from  the  outside.  The  permanence 
assured  by  the  possession  of  excellent  buildings 
and  equipment  should  be  an  important  factor  in 
securing  cash  endowments  for  maintenance,  re 
search  and  publication. 

VIII.    FINANCE 

Following  is  the  financial  statement  of  the 
School,  including  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico 
from  September  1,  1915  to  August  31,  1916.  This 
does  not  include  transactions  in  connection  with 
the  Exposition  and  Museum  in  San  Diego. 
Receipts 

Balances,  September  1,  1916 $50.62 

Archaeological  Institute  Allotment 1,299.99 

Museum  of  San  Diego,  Services 900.00 

Archaeological  Society  N.  M.  ElPalacio.  459.50 
Santa  Fe  Society  Arch.  Inst. ,  Expenses . .  100. 00 
Donation  for  Repair  of  Pecos  Mission . . .  370. 00 

Donations  for  General  Expenses 102.00 

Donations  of  Frank  Springer  and  As- 

sociates  for  Museum  Building 30, 000. 00 

State  N.  M.  on  Building  Appropriation  _.  15,000.00 
State  N.  M.  Maintenance  Appropriation .  9, 471. 37 

Summer  School  Fees,  etc 217.00 

Publications  .  29.50 


$57,999.98 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  AKCHAEOLOGY        185 

Expenditures 

New  Museum  Construction .  $19,630.93 

Printing 1,057.45 

Office  Exp.  postage,  express,  telegraph  .  456.81 

Transp.  Railway  fares, auto,  hire,  etc...  819.49 

Improvements  on  Palace 938. 15 

Repairs  on  Pecos  Mission 370.00 

Water  and  Light 212.13 

Fuel  and  Janitor 886.18 

Insurance  and  Interest _ 97. 00 

Salaries 6,075.00 

Excavations  and  Collections 1,374.22 

Library..  239.85 
Balance  in  Museum  Treasury 

Building  Fund 25,369.97 

Current  Fund 356.94 

Balance  in  School  Treasury 116.75 


$57,999.98 
IX.    GENERAL 

The  experience  of  the  School  during  the  past  few 
years  in  securing  foundations  and  equipment  and 
testing  its  initial  ideals  have  justified  the  belief 
that  there  was  an  important  place  to  be  filled  in 
the  service  of  science  and  art  by  such  an  institu 
tion  and  that,  in  the  efforts  of  the  School  in  this 
direction,  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America 
has  received  the  service  that  it  expected.  There 
has  been  in  the  last  ten  years  an  increase  in  arch 
aeological  activity  throughout  the  United  States 
far  beyond  that  anticipated  when  the  School  was 
organized.  The  credit  for  this  beiongs,  to  some 
extent,  to  the  School.  The  fact  that  so  many  of 


186        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

the  large  enterprises  in  archaeology  are  being: 
directed  by  men  who  found  their  opportunities 
through  the  School  is  significant  of  its  part  in  the 
general  advancement.  It  will  not  be  out  of  place 
to  mention  some  of  those  who  after  their  initial 
experience  with  the  School  have  come  into  import 
ant  undertakings  with  which  their  names  will  be 
permanently  associated. 

John  P.  Harrington:  The  Ethnology  of  South 
western  and  Southern  California  Tribes,  now  being 
carried  on  for  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Sylvanus  G.  Mcrley:  Archaeology  of  Central 
America,  now  being  carried  on  as  Research  As 
sociate  of  the  Carnegie  Institution. 

A.  V.  Kidder:  The  Excavation  of  Ancient 
Pecos;  carried  en  as  Field  Director  for  Phillips 
Academy  at  Andover. 

Jesse  L.  Nusbaum:  Builder  of  the  "Painted 
Desert"  buildings  for  the  Santa  Fe  Railway  Co. 
and  of  the  new  Art  Museum  in  Santa  Fe. 

Kenneth  M.  Chapman:  The  Study  of  Ancient 
American  Art;  artist  on  the  St.  Francis  mural 
paintings  in  the  Santa  Fe  Art  Museum. 

Carlos  Vierra:  artist  on  the  St.  Francis  mural 
paintings  in  the  Santa  Fe  Art  Museum. 

Neil  M.  Judd:  assistant  in  the  division  of  ar 
chaeology,  United  States  National  Museum. 

Barbara  Freire-Marreco:  Fellow  and  lecturer, 
Summerville  College,  Oxford  University:  Ethn 
ology  of  the  Pueblos. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        187 

Wesley  Bradfield:  assistant  in  the  Museum  in 
San  Diego,  and  Curator  of  Archaeology  in  the  Mu 
seum  at  Santa  Fe. 

Earl  Morris:  in  charge  of  excavations  in  the 
Southwest  for  the  American  Museum  of  Natural 
History. 

Donald  Beauregard:  artist  in  charge  of  mural 
decoration  for  the  School.  (Died  April  30,  1914.) 

Ralph  Linton :  in  charge  of  mound  excavations 
in  the  Mississippi  Valley. 

In  the  field  of  art  the  School  has  had  something 
to  do  with  the  stimulation  of  the  great  movement 
of  the  past  five  years  which  has  placed  the  South 
west  in  the  foremost  rank  in  the  production  of 
new  art  in  the  United  States, 

The  School  has  performed  a  service  to  the  state 
of  New  Mexico  in  becoming  the  official  custodian 
of  such  of  its  antiquities  as  are  not  cared  for  by 
the  Government  of  the  United  States.  These  are 
being  entrusted  to  the  School  for  excavation,  re* 
pair  and  preservation  and  this  service  to  the 
state  may  be  likewise  considered  important  to  the 
nation. 

The  help  of  the  School  in  stimulating  interest  in 
the  general  work  of  the  Archaeological  Institute  is 
illustrated  by  the  development  of  the  two  Societies 
under  its  immediate  influence,  namely,  that  at 
San  Diego,  with  90  members  and  the  one  at  Santa 
Fe  with  120  members.  It  also  fosters  the  local 
New  Mexico  Society  with  452  members.  This 


188        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

circle  can  be  widened  as  rapidly  as  the  officers 
of  the  School  can  find  time  to  give  personal  atten 
tion  to  the  Societies  already  existing  and  to  the  de 
velopment  of  new  centers  of  interest. 

The  remarks  of  Mr.  Frank  Springer  on  taking 
the  the  chair  as  President  of  the  Santa  Fe  Society 
of  the  Institute  are  significant  for  every  western 
state.  I  take  the  library  of  quoting. 

I  wish  to  offer  a  word  of  felicitation  upon  the  re 
markable  success  which  has  attended  the  establish 
ment  of  this  branch  of  the  Archaeological  Institute 
of  America.  The  readiness  with  which  it  has  been 
accomplished,  and  the  rapid  growth  of  the  society, 
speak  powerfully  for  the  enlightened  spirit  which 
animates  the  people  of  this  state;  and  it  means 
more  for  the  good  name  of  New  Mexico  among 
cultured  communities  of  our  nation  and  of  other 
nations  on  this  continent,  than  you  may  perhaps 
as  yet  imagine/' 

On  the  same  occasion  in  speaking  of  the  connec 
tion  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology  with 
the  development  of  this  Society,  Mr.  Springer 
said: 

'  It  must  be  further  noted  that  this  society  is 
the  direct  outgrowth  of  another  distinctively  New 
Mexican  institution,  the  School  of  American  Ar 
chaeology,  located  here  by  invitation  of  this  com 
monwealth,  and  supported  by  the  co-operation  of 
New  Mexico  with  an  enlightened  liberality  which 
has  gained  for  the  state  the  respect  and  admira 
tion  of  serious-minded  people  throughout  the  Unit 
ed  States  and  Canada  to  a  greater  degree  than 
any  other  act  as  yet  done  by  us.  In  the  usual 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        189 

episodes  and  activities  connected  with  the  building 
of  a  new  state,  we  have  followed  substantially  in 
the  footsteps  of  other  and  older  western  states. 
But  in  thus  assuming  the  promotion  and  fostering 
care  of  an  institution  for  active  and  purely  scienti 
fic  research,  upon  the  most  vital  of  all  subjects — 
the  birth,  growth  and  decay  of  peoples — whose 
scope  is  not  only  of  state  and  national  extent,  but 
also  continental  in  its  character,  this  common 
wealth  tias  done  a  thing  far  beyond  the  ordinary, 
which  has  already  redounded  enormously  to  its 
credit,  and  whose  benefits,  to  us,  both  in  an  intel 
lectual  and  a  material  way,  are  only  just  begin 
ning  to  be  perceived." 

Coming  from  the  gentleman  who  has  been  the 
most  generous  benefactor  of  the  School,  who, 
moreover  sees  the  situation  from  the  viewpoint  of 
the  man  of  business,  the  patron  of  art,  the 
scientist  and  statesman,  these  observations  are 
most  encouraging. 

Thanks  to  the  devotion  of  a  capable  staff,  I  am 
able  to  report  to  the  Managing  Committee  a  satis 
factory  state  of  progress.  Under  the  systematic 
management  of  Mr.  Walter,  Executive  Secretary, 
and  in  my  absence  Acting  Director,  the  business 
affairs  of  the  School,  now  large  and  exacting,  have 
been  put  in  perfect  order.  The  construction  of 
the  new  Art  Museum  by  Mr.  Nusbaum  is  a  master- 
work  and  its  mural  decorations  by  Mr.  Chapman 
and  Mr.  Vierra  involving  patient  scholarly  study 
as  well  as  artistic  power  are  attracting  most  favor 
able  notice.  Mrs.  Wilson  is  now  devoting  practic- 


190         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

ally  her  entire  time  to  the  library  with  the  result 
that  it  is  giving  increasingly  valuable  service. 
Mr.  Bradfield  has  put  the  San  Diego  Museum  in 
excellent  shape  and  together  with  Mrs.  Morgan 
has  made  it  a  source  of  interest  and  information  to 
a  constituency  that  is  virtually  nation-wide.  It  is 
an  especial  pleasure  to  commend  to  the  Committee 
these  workers  who,  with  the  generous  support  of 
your  Committee  are  building  the  School  of  Ameri 
can  Archaeology. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 
Santa  Fe,  October  27,  1916. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         191 


XIX. 

Report  of  the  Director 
1917 

MR.  WILLIAM  H.  HOLMES, 

Chairman  of  the  Managing  Committee, 

National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Dear  Sir: 

The  present  year  has  been  one  of  re-organiza 
tion.  This  report  will  be  the  last  in  which  the 
name  "School  of  American  Archaeology"  will  ap 
pear.  In  the  future  the  Institution  will  be  known 
as  "The  School  of  American  Research "  and  its 
governing  board  as  "The  Board  of  Managers." 
The  year  1917  has  been  devoted  to  activities  in 
cident  to  this  change  and  to  laying  foundations 
for  the  work  under  the  revised  plan. 

I  desire  to  first  place  in  your  hands  for  perm 
anent  publication,  the  various  documents  which 
constitute  the  record  of  the  re-organization.  These 
are  herewith  set  out  in  full.  An  account  of  the 
culminating  events  of  the  present  year  may  be 
read  in  the  January  number  of  Art  and  Archa 
eology  which  has,  through  the  courtesy  of  the 
editor  and  staff,  been  devoted  entirely  to  the  work 
of  the  School.  This  being  the  tenth  year  of  the 
existence  of  the  Institution  and  one  of  noteworthy 


192        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

changes,  it  seems  fitting  that  this  report  should 
embrace  a  resume  of  the  ten  years'  record.  This- 
is  set  forth. 

I.    RE-ORGANIZATION 

The  initial  movement  toward  re-organization  oc 
curred  at  the  meeting  of  the  Managing  Committee 
in  Washington,  December  1916.  After  discussion 
of  the  necessity  of  incorporation  and  the  desirabil 
ity  of  a  change  of  name,  Mr.  Frank  Springer  was 
requested  to  make  an  investigation  and  report  to 
the  Committee  with  reference  to  the  essential  le 
gal  proceedings.  His  findings  are  set  forth  in  the 
following  communications: 
DR.  W.  H.  HOLMES, 

Chairman  Managing  Committee, 

Washington. 
Dear  Sir: 

On  the  subject  of  incorporation  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology  under  its  present  name, 
or  any  other  which  may  be  selected,  I  have  to  re 
port  as  follows: 

The  existing  laws  in  the  State  of  New  Mexico 
con  ain  everything  that  is  needed  for  the  purpose, 
and  such  incorporation  can  be  effected  speedily, 
conveniently  and  without  expense.  The  procedure 
is  simple,  effectual,  and  remarkable  well  adapted 
to  the  requirements  of  the  present  case.  No  act 
egislature  is  required: — 

Five  or  more  persons,  a  majority  of  whom  must 
be  citizens  of  the  United  States  and  residents  of 
New  Mexico,  may  organize  a  corporation  for 
(among  other)  scientific  purposes,  by  signing  and 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         193 

acknowledging  articles  of  incorporation,  its  objects, 
location  and  term  of  existence.  This  certificate 
must  be  filed  with  the  Corporation  Commission  of 
the  State  of  New  Mexico,  which  will  issue  its  cer 
tificate  showing  that  the  articles  have  been  filed 
and  that  the  corporation  is  lawfully  organized  and 
entiled  to  act  as  such. 

This  being  done,  the  corporation  becomes  a  body 
politic  and  corporate,  with  power  to  hold,  use  and 
occupy  property  necessary  or  proper  for  its  objects, 
which  it  may  receive  by  purchase,  gift,  devise  or 
bequest  to  an  amount  not  in  excess  of  that  limited 
by  law  (as  to  which  there  is  at  present  no  limit) ; 
to  sue  or  be  sued;  to  have  and  use  a  corporate  seal. 
Its  membership,  perpetuation  and  government  are 
fixed  by  by-laws  adopted  by  the  incorporates 
themselves— which  by-laws  are  also  to  be  filed  with 
the  Corporation  Commission. 

Under  this  law,  the  corporation  can  start  with  a 
membership  consisting  of  the  present  Managing 
Committee,  perpetuated  by  filling  of  vacancies  by 
the  remaining  members  with  ratification  by  the 
Council,  as  now  provided.  Its  affairs  may  be 
administered  by  a  Board  of  Managers  constituted 
as  the  present  committee  is,  with  terms  of  office 
expiring  in  rotation,  substantially  in  accordance 
with  the  plan  now  in  force. 

All  these  documents  I  can  readily  prepare,  and 
I  can  also  see  to  their  proper  execution  and  filing. 

Such  a  corporate  status  is  an  absolute  prere 
quisite  to  the  obtaining  of  funds  by  way  of  endow 
ment,  as  the  School  cannot  hold  property  without 
it.  It  would  not  interfere  with  operation  of  the 
School  in  affiliation  with  the  Institute  substantial 
ly  as  at  present  provided.  It  would  start  with  the 
present  Managing  Committee  as  its  governing 
13 


194         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

body,  and  its  activities  would  go  on  without  any 
change    in    administrative    methods,    or    in    the 
nature  of  the  work  undertaken. 
Very  truly  yours, 

(Signed)    FRANK  SPRINGER. 
December  4,  1916. 

DR.  vV.  H.  HOLMES, 

Chairman  Managing  Committee, 

Washington. 
My  Dear  Mr.  Holmes: 

Supplementing  my  letter  to  you  of  the  fourth 
instant,  I  have  prepared  a  draft  of  articles  of  in 
corporation  for  the  School  of  American  Research 
in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  New  Mexico,  and 
hand  you  a  copy  herewith. 

I  have  designated  only  fifteen  members  of  the 
Managing  Committee  g.s  the  incorpcrators,  in 
order  to  comply  with  the  New  Mexico  law  which 
requires  that  a  majority  of  them  shall  be  residents 
of  New  Mexico.  But  at  the  first  meeting  of  the 
incorpcrators  for  the  purpose  of  organization  they 
will  make  and  file  with  the  proper  State  officials 
by-laws  in  which  the  entire  Managing  Committee 
will  be  designated  as  the  Board  of  Managers  of 
the  corporation,  and  the  existing  act  of  the 
Council  organizing  the  School  will  be  embraced  in 
all  essential  features. 

The  proposal  for  incorporation  of  the  School  of 
American  Research  is  in  the  line  of  progress.  In 
order  to  achieve  effectual  results  in  the  activities 
which  the  School  has  already  undertaken,  it  must 
have  financial  support  adequate  to  its  needs. 
Under  present  conditions  this  cannot  be  secured. 
The  entire  amount  which  the  Institute  is  able  to 
allot  to  the  School  is  not  more  than  half  of  what 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        195 

should  be  paid  to  the  Director  alone  for  his 
services. 

The  School  cannot  hold  property  by  way  of 
endowment  without  a  corporate  organization,  and 
is  therefore  precluded  from  obtaining  income  in 
that  way. 

The  objections  to  the  new  plan  which  may  be 
anticipated  are: 

1.  That  it  broadens  the  scope  of  the  School  be 
yond  that  contemplated  by  the  Institute. 

2.  That  it  appeai-s  like  a  separation  from  the 
Institute. 

As  to  the  first,  t  is  now  generally  conceded  that 
there  can  be  no  intelligent  study  of  Archaeology 
without  inclusion  of  the  related  Sciences;  and  this 
is  precisely  the  character  of  work  the  School  has 
been  doing  for  nine  years  with  the  approval  of  the 
Council. 

As  to  the  second,  the  answer  is  that  no  separa 
tion  is  contemplated,  and  the  proposed  plan  of 
organization  preserves  the  relation  of  the  School 
to  the  parent  body  in  substance  as  it  now  exists. 
In  all  essentials  of  government  it  will  remain  un 
altered.  The  Managing  Board  and  officers  at  first 
will  be  designated  in  the  act  of  incorporation  and 
by-laws  precisely  as  they  now  are,  tojiold  for  the 
same  terms  of  office,  and  the  expiring  member 
ship  will  be  filled  in  the  same  manner  as  now, 
viz.,  by  election  by  the  Managing  Board  subject 
to  disapproval  by  the  Council.  The  affiliation 
with  the  Institute  is  distinctly  recognized. 

The  Institute  will  continue  to  hold  the  purse 
strings,  as  to  all  funds  derived  from  it,  which  will 
be  handled  by  a  Treasurer  who  must  be  confirmed 
by  the  Council.  Thus  for  all  practical  purposes  of 
control,  and  in  theory  as  well,  the  Institute  will 


196        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

have  the  same  authority  over  the  School  that  it 
has  always  had.  The  relation  between  the  two 
bodies  may  be  compared  to  that  between  the 
Federal  government  and  the  States. 

For  your  information  and  convenience  I  append 
hereto  a  draft  of  the  proposed  by-laws— and  also, 
in  case  there  should  be  any  question  as  to  the 
authority  for  such  incorporation,  I  include  a  copy 
of  the  Laws  of  New  Mexico  on  the  subject 
Very  truly  yours, 

(Signed)     FRANK  SPRINGER. 
December  6,  1916. 
Inclosures. 

Copy  of  the  Corporation  Laws  of  New  Mexico. 
Draft  of  proposed  By-Laws. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Managing  Committee  held 
in  the  office  of  the  Chairman,  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum,  December  6,  1916,  the  pro 
cedure  recommended  by  Mr.  Springer  with  tenta 
tive  draft  of  by-laws  was  approved,  and  recom 
mendations  to  be  submitted  to  the  Council  of  the 
Archaeological  Institute  of  America  were  unani 
mously  adopted 

Pursuant  to  the  order  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee,  the  Chairman  presented  to  the  Council  as  its 
meeting  in  the  Buckingham  Hotel,  St.  Louis,  Mis 
souri,  December  30,  1917,  the  following: 

PROPOSED  REORGANIZATION  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF 
AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

The  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology  has  found  the  conditions  under 
which  the  School  is  now  working  unsatisfactory  in 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        19? 

some  respects  and  desires  to  bring  about  certain 
changes  in  its  organization,  the  purpose  being  to 
increase  its  efficiency  as  an  agency  of  research. 
The  changes  desired  are  as  follows: 

1.  A  change  in  name  designed  adequately  to 
express  the  scope  of  the  field  which  the  School 
must   occupy  and  which  in  fact  it  has  occupied 
hitherto,  thus  increasing  the  force  of  its  appeal 
for  financial  support. 

2.  A  change  in  organization  designed  to  enable 
it  to  acquire  and  hold  property,  to  amass  funds 
adequate  to  its  needs  and  to  disburse  the  same. 

The  School,  realizing  the  importance  of  its  field 
of  research,  is  deeply  in  earnest  in  this  movement 
for  efficiency  but  plans  nothing  beyond  the  reason- 
able  promotion  of  research,  and  the  fuller  develop 
ment  of  the  American  branch  of  the  work  of  the 
Institute,  in  complete  affiliation  with  the  Institute 
as  before. 

In  perfecting  the  form  of  the  proposed  measure 
the  Managing  Committee  has  sought  the  advice 
and  aid  of  its  attorney  member  whose  able  presen 
tation  of  the  case  is  herewith  appended: 

The  proposed  changes  in  plan  of  organization  are 
embodied  in  recommendations  adopted  by  unanim 
ous  vote  of  the  Managing  Committee  at  the  meet 
ing  in  Washington,  December  6,  1916,  which  are 
submitted  herewith: 

I  therefore  offer  the  following  resolution,  and 
move  its  adoption  by  the  Council: 

RESOLUTIONS  RECOMMENDED  BY  THE  MANAG 
ING  COMMITTEE 

The  Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Archaeology  by  unanimous  vote  of  its  Exec 
utive  Committee  at  its    meeting    in  Washington 
13* 


198        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

December  6,  1916,  submits  the  following  recom 
mendations,  and  respectfully  requests  confirma 
tion  of  the  same  by  resolution  of  the  Council  of  the 
Institute: 

I.  That  the  official  name  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican   Archaeology  shall  hereinafter  be  the  School 
of  American  Research,  and  all  acts  of  the  Council 
of  the  Institute  relative  to  said  School  shall  apply 
to  it  under  its  amended  name. 

II.  That  the  revised  plan  of  organization  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology,  adopted  by  the 
Council  of  the   Institute   December   31,    1908,  as 
amended  by  action  of  the  Council  December  30, 
1910,  is  amended  so  as  to  read  as  follows: 

1.  The  School  of  American  Research  is  estab 
lished  to  conduct  the  researches  of  the  Archaeolo 
gical  Institute  of  America  in  the  American  field, 
and  to  afford   opportunities   for   field   work   and 
training  to  students  of  Archaeology  and  related 
Sciences. 

2.  t  The  School  will  direct  the  expeditions  of  the 
affiliated  societies  of  the  Institute  in  their  respec 
tive  fields,  maintain  researches  in  the  various  cul 
ture  areas  of  the  American  continent,  direct  the 
work  of  Fellows,  and  collaborate  with  universities 
and  other  scientific  organizations  both  at  home  and 
abroad  in  the  advancement  of  the  Science  of  Man. 

3.  The   Committee    heretofore  known    as    the 
Managing  Committee  of  the   School   of  American 
Archaeology,  with  additional  members  as  herein 
after  provided  for,  shall  be  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  of  the  School.     The  Committee  shall  consist  of 
twenty-eight  elective  members,  and  the  following 
ex-efficio  members:    The    President,  past    Presi 
dents,  and  General  Secretary  of  the  Institute,   the 
past  Chairman,  the  Director,  Secretary  and   Trea- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        199 

surer  of  the  School.  The  Committee  shall  have 
power,  with  the  ratification  of  the  Council,  to  elect 
its  own  members  and  fill  all  vacancies  in  its  mem 
bership.  The  term  of  office  shall  be  four  years, 
and  the  terms  of  not  more  than  seven  members 
shall  expire  in  any  one  year.  There  shall  be  an 
Executive  Committee  which  shall  consist  of  the 
Chairman,  past  Chairman,  Recorder,  Director, 
Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee;  the  President  and  General  Secretary  of  the 
Institute,  and  three  elective  members,  which  shall 
be  vested  with  all  the  powers  of  the  Managing 
Committee  during  the  intervals  between  its  meet 
ings,  subject  to  its  approval.  The  Managing  Com 
mittee  shall  appoint  the  Director  of  American  Re 
search,  who  shall  be  its  executive  officer  and  Di 
rector  of  the  School.  The  Managing  Committee 
is  authorized  to  maintain  fellowships,  research 
stations,  publications,  and  the  various  lines  of 
work  herein  provided  for,  and  to  raise  funds  for 
the  support  of  the  same.  Its  funds  shall  be  held 
by  a  Treasurer  elected  by  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  and  confirmed  by  the  Council  as  an  Associate 
Treasurer,  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  of 
the  Institute;  he  shall  receive  funds  and  disburse 
them  on  the  order  of  the  Chairman. 

III.  Inasmuch  as  it  appears  to  the  Managing 
Committee  and  the  Council  that  in  order  to  secure 
funds  for  the  endowment  of  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Research  it  is  necessary  that  the  School  have 
a  legal  status,  with  power  to  acquire  and  hold  prop 
erty,  and  that  such  status  can  be  readily,  con 
veniently  and  effectually  attained  by  incorporation 
as  a  body  corporate  for  scientific  purposes  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico,  in  which  the 
headquarters  of  the  School  are  already  establish- 


200       SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

ed;  in  such  a  manner,  and  under  such  regulations 
that  the  operations  of  the  School  will  be  carried  on 
substantially  in  accordance  with  the  plan  now  in 
force;  -it  is  ordered  that  the  Managing  Committee 
is  hereby  authorized  to  take  the  needful  steps  to 
effect  such  incorporation,  with  the  understanding 
that  the  governing  body  of  the  corporation  shall 
consist  of  the  members  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  now  in  office  or  authorized,  and  their  suc 
cessors,  and  that  the  general  plan  of  organization 
and  operation  shall  be  substantially  as  has  been 
provided  by  the  Acts  of  the  Council;  and  that 
when  such  corporation  shall  have  been  organized, 
and  empowered  to  act  in  a  corporate  capacity,  all 
acts  taken  by  the  Council  in  relation  to  the  School 
of  American  Research  under  its  present  status 
shall  be  deemed  to  apply  with  the  same  force  and 
effect  to  such  corporation  under  the  same  name, 
and  all  power  and  authority  now  vested  in  said 
School,  and  all  funds  allotted  or  appropriated  to  it, 
shall  be  deemed  vested  in  and  appropriated  to 
such  corporation, — such  change  to  be  effected  by 
proper  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Institute  to 
that  effect91 

The  official  action  thereon  is  recorded  in  the 
minutes  of  the  Thirty-seventh  annual  meeting  of 
the  Council  of  the  Institute  as  follows: 

The  report  of  the  Director  of  the  School  of 
American  Archaeology  (Bull,  Vol.  VII,  p.  36) 
showed  the  splendid  work  which  has  been  done  in 
that  School,  and  the  opportunities  which  are  be 
fore  it,  due  to  the  liberality  of  the  State  of  New 
Mexico  and  to  the  contributions  of  generous 
donors.  The  Chairman  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  of  the  School,  W.  H.  Holmes,  made  a  statement 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        201 

ot  the  whole  matter,  speaking  of  the  great  services 
of  the  Hon.  Frank  Springer  in  connection  there 
with,  and  offering  the  recommendation  of  the 
Managing  Committee  of  the  School  of  American 
Archaeology  by  unanimous  vote  of  its  Executive 
Committee  at  its  meeting  in  Washington,  Decem 
ber  6,  1916.  The  resolutions  as  recommended 
were  read  to  the  Council  by  Acting  Recorder  Fair- 
clough,  and  are  as  follows: 
(See  above.) 

Upon  the  motion  of  W.  H.  Holmes,  seconded  by 
J.  B.  Hench,  that  the  "Proposed  Reorganization 
of  the  American  School  of  Archaeology"  be  adopt 
ed,  and  after  discussion  by  Miss  Buckingham, 
Messrs.  Bryce,  Fowler,  Holmes,  Mepham,  Robin 
son,  and  Wulfing,  the  motion  was  put,  and  was 
carried  unanimously. 

After  the  favorable  action  of  the  Council,  the 
Managing  Committee  proceeded  to  incorporate 
under  the  Laws  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico. 
Following  are  transcripts  of  the  official  records  of 
the  action. 

STATE  OF  NEW  MEXICO 
CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION 

United  States  of  America, 
State  of  New  Mexico.       ss. : 
It  is  Hereby  Certified,  that  the  annexed  is  a  full, 
true  and  complete  transcript  of  the 

CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION 

OF 

SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  RESEARCH 
(No.  8820) 


202        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

with  the  endorsements  thereon,  as  same  appears 
on  file  and  of  record  in  the  office  of  the  State  Cor 
poration  Commission. 

In  Testimony  Whereof,  The  State  Corporation 
Commission  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico  has  caus 
ed  this  certificate  to  be  signed  by  its  Chairman 
and  the  seal  of  said  Commission  to  be  affixed  at 
the  City  of  Santa  Fe,  on  this  — th  day  of  February, 
A.  D.  1917. 

HUGH  H.  WILLIAMS, 

Attest: —  Chairman. 

EDWIN  F.  COARD, 
Clerk. 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents:  That  we, 
the  undersigned  citizens  of  the  United  States,  and 
the  majority  of  us  residents  of  the  State  of  New 
Mexico,  whose  names  and  residences  respectively 
are  as  follows: — William  H.  Holmes,  Alice  C. 
Fletcher,  Ales  Hrdlicka  and  Mitchell  Carroll,  all 
of  the  City  of  Washington  District  of  Columbia; 
Frederick  W.  Shipley  of  St.  Louis,  Missouri; 
Francis  W.  Kelsey,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan; 
Charles  F.  Lummis,  of  Los  Angeles,  California; 
Frank  Springer,  of  Las  Vegas,  New  Mexico;  John 
R.  McFie,  Edgar  L.  Hewett,  Ralph  E.  Twitchell, 
Antonio  Lucero,  James  Seligman,  Paul  A.  F. 
Walter,  of  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  and  David  R. 
Boyd,  of  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico,  desiring  to 
form  a  corporation  for  Scientific  purposes  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico,  do  make  and 
sign  this  certificate  as  follows:— 
ARTICLE  I. 

The  name  of  the  said  corporation  is  *  'School  of 
American  Research." 


SCHOOL  OP  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        203 

ARTICLE  II. 

The  objects  for  which  said  corporation  are  form 
ed  are: 

To  promote  and  carry  on  research  in  Archaeology 
and  related  branches  of  the  Science  of  Man;  to 
foster  Art  in  all  its  branches  through  exhibitions 
and  by  other  means  which  may  from  time  to  time 
be  desirable. 

ARTICLE  III. 

The  principal  office  and  official  headquarters  of 
said  corporation  shall  be  located  at  Santa  Fe, 
in  the  State  of  New  Mexico;  but  it  may 
have  branches  or  stations  at  any  other  places  on 
the  American  continent;  and  the  name  of  the  agent 
upon  whom  process  against  this  corporation  may 
be  served  is  Paul  A.  F.  Walter. 

ARTICLE  IV. 

The  term  of  existence  of  said  Corporation  shall 
be  fifty  years. 

ARTICLE  V. 

The  government  of  said  Corporation  shall  be 
vested  in  a  Board  of  Managers  consisting  of  twen 
ty-eight  elective  members,  and  such  ex-officio 
members  as  may  be  designated  in  the  by-laws. 
Those  who  shall  constitute  such  Board  at  first  are 
the  persons  hereinbefore  named  as  the  incorpor- 
ators,  a  majority  of  whom  may  make,  sign,  and 
cause  to  be  filed  by-laws  of  said  corporation  pro 
viding  for  its  membership,  perpetuation  and  gov 
ernment,  and  shall  elect  and  designate  therein  the 
remaining  members  of  such  Board. 

In  Witness  Whereof,  We  have  hereunto  sub 
scribed  our  names  this  thirtieth  day  of  January, 
A.  D.  1917. 


204          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Frank  Springer.  James  L.  Seligman. 

John  R.  McFie.  Paul  A.  F.  Walter. 

Ralph  E.  Twitchell.         Antonio  Lucero. 
State  of  New  Mexico, 
County  of  Santa  Fe,      ss. : 
Before  me,  a  Notary  Public  within  and  for  the 
County  and  State  aforesaid,  this  thirtieth  day  of 
January,  A.  D.   1917,   personally  appeared  Frank 
Springer,    John   R.    McFie,    Ralph   E.  Twitchell, 
James  L.  Seligman,   Paul  A.   F.  Walter,   Antonio 
Lucero,  who  are  each  personally  known  to  me  to 
be  the  same  persons  whose  names  are  subscribed 
to   the   foregoing  Articles  of  Incorporation,  and 
severally  acknowledged  that  they    executed   the 
same  as  their  voluntary  act  and  deed. 

In  Testimony  Whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my 
hand  and  Notarial  Seal  the  day  and  year  last  above 
written. 

N.  B.  LAUGHLIN, 
Notary  Public  in  and  for  Santa 

Fe  County,  New  Mexico. 
My  commission  expires  January  3,  1920. 

ENDORSED: 

No.  8820 
Cor.  Rec'd.  Vol.  6,  Page  401 

CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION 

OF 
"SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  RESEARCH" 

Filed  in  Office  of  State  Corporation  Commission 

of  New  Mexico 

February  5,  1917,  12  M. 

EDWIN  F.  COARD 

Clerk 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         205 

STATE  OF  NEW  MEXICO 
CERTIFICATE  OF  FILING 

United  States  of  America, 

State  of  New  Mexico,      ss. : 

It  is  Hereby  Certified,  That  there  was  filed  for 
record  in  the  office  of  the  State  Corporation  Com 
mission  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico,  on  the  fifth 
day  of  February,  A.  D.  1917,  at  12  M.  o'clock 

CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION 

OF 
SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  RESEARCH 

Wherefore,  The  incorpprators  named  in  the  said 
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and  who  have  signed 
the  same,  and  their  successors  and  assigns,  are 
hereby  declared  to  be  from  this  date  until  the  fifth 
day  of  February,  Nineteen  Hundred  and  Sixty- 
seven,  a  corporation  by  the  name  and  for  the  pur 
poses  set  forth  in  said  certificate,  No.  8820. 

In  Testimony  Whereof,  The  State  Corporation 
Commission  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico  has  caused 
this  certificate  to  be  signed  by  its  Chairman  and 
the  seal  of  said  Commission  to  be  affixed  at  the 
City  of  Ssnta  Fe  on  this  fifth  day  of  February,  A. 
D.  1917. 

HUGH  H.  WILLIAMS, 
Attest:  Chairman. 

EDWIN  F.  COARD, 
Clerk. 

The  next  step  taken  was  the  adoption  of  the  fol 
lowing 

BY-LAWS 

The  undersigned,  incorporators  and  members  of 


206       SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

the  corporation  named  '  'School  of  American  Re 
search"  do  hereby  make  and  sign  the  following: 

BY-LAWS 
1.    PURPOSES 

The  School  of  American  Research  is  established 
in  affiliation  with  the  Archaeological  Institute  of 
America  to  conduct  the  researches  of  said  Institute 
as  well  as  its  own,  in  the  American  field,  and  to 
afford  opportunity  for  field  work  and  training  to 
students  of  Archaeology  and  related  branches  of 
the  Science  of  Man,  and  to  promote  and  carry  out 
the  objects  set  forth  in  the  Articles  of  Incorpora 
tion. 

2.    FIELD  AND  OTHER  ACTIVITIES 

The  School  will  direct  the  expeditions  of  local 
Societies  of  the  Institute  in  their  respective  fields, 
maintain  researchs  in  the  various  culture  areas  of 
the  American  continent,  direct  the  work  of  Fel 
lows  of  the  Institute,  and  collaborate  with  univer 
sities  and  other  scientific  organizations  both  at 
home  and  abroad  in  the  advancement  of  the 
Sciences  of  Man. 

3.    BOARD  OF  MANAGERS 

The  affairs  of  this  corporation  shall  be  governed 
by  a  Board  of  Managers,  consisting  of  twenty- 
eight  elective  members,  and  the  following  ex-officio 
members:  The  President,  past  Presidents,  and 
General  Secretary  of  the  Archaeological  Institute 
of  America;  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Secre 
tary,  Recorder,  and  Treasurer  of  the  School  of 
American  Research,  and  the  past  Chairmen  of  its 
Board  of  Managers,  and  of  the  Managing  Commit 
tee  of  the  School  of  American  Archaeology.  The 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          207 

term  of  office  of  the  elective  members  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  shall  be  four  years  and  until  their 
successors  are  elected;  seven  of  them  to  be  elected 
each  year,  except  as  to  the  members  now  herein 
designated  whose  terms  shall  expire  in  the  order 
hereinafter  stated.  Such  members  shall  be  elect 
ed  and  vacancies  occasioned  by  death  or  resigna 
tion,  or  otherwise,  shall  be  filled  from  time  to 
time  as  they  cccur,  by  majority  vote  of  the  mem 
bers  present  at  any  regular  meeting  or  at  any 
special  meeting  called  for  that  purpose,  subject  to 
disapproval  by  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological 
Institute  ef  America  as  to  any  member  elect,  in 
which  case  a  new  election  shall  be  had  as  to  such 
membership.  The  Board  of  Managers  shall  an 
nually  elect  a  Chairman,  Secretary,  Recorder, 
Treasurer,  and  three  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  who  shall  hold  office  until  their  suc 
cessors  are  elected.  The  Board  shall  appoint  the 
Director  of  American  Research,  who  shall  be  its 
chief  executive  Officer  and  Director  of  the  School, 
and  shall  hold  office  daring  the  pleasure  of  the 
Board.  There  shall  be  an  Executive  Committee 
consisting  of  the  Chairman,  Director,  Secretary, 
Recorder,  Treasurer,  and  three  elective  members, 
which  shall  be  vested  with  all  the  powers  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  during  intervals  between  the 
meetings  of  the  Board  subject  to  approval  by  the 
Board.  The  Board  is  authorized  to  maintain  Fel 
lowships,  research  stations,  publications,  and 
various  lines  of  work  herein  provided  for,  and  to 
raise  funds  for  the  support  of  the  same,  as  well  as 
for  the  endowment  of  the  School.  Its  funds  shall 
be  held  by  a  Treasurer  elected  by  the  Board  and 
confirmed  by  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  In 
stitute  of  America  as  an  Associate  Treasurer;  he 


208         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

shall  receive  the  funds  allotted  to  the  School  by 
the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  or  deriv 
ed  from  other  sources,  and  disburse  them  on  the 
order  of  the  Chairman,  or  as  otherwise  provided 
by  the  Board. 

4.    FIRST  OFFICERS  AND  MEMBERS  OF  BOARD 

The  first  officers  and  members  of  the  Board  of 
Managers,  to  hold  office  for  the  first  year  and  until 
their  successors  are  elected,  shall  be  the  following: 
OFFICERS 

Chairman,    William    H.    Holmes,    Washington, 
D.  C. 

Chairman  Emeritus,  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  Washing 
ton,  D.  C. 

Director,    Edgar   L.    Hewett,    Santa    Fe,    New 
Mexico. 

Recorder,  Charles  Peabody,   Cambridge,   Mass. 

Secretary,  Paul  A.   F.  Walter,   Santa  Fe,   New- 
Mexico. 

Treasurer,  John  R.  McFie,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mex 
ico. 

MEMBERS  ex-officio 

Frederick  W.  Shipley,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Francis  W.  Kelsey,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 
John  William  White,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Alice  C.  Fletcher,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Mitchell  Carroll,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Edgar  L.  Hewett,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 
Paul  A.  F.  Walter,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 
John  R.  McFie,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 

ELECTIVE  MEMBERS 
Terms  expire  in  1917 

David  R.  Boyd,  Albuquerque,  New  Mexico;  Wil 
liam  A.  Clark,  New  York  City;  Byron  Cummings, 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY          209 

Tucson,  Arizona;  Percy  Jackson,  New  York  City; 
William  Templeton  Johnson,  San  Diego,  Calif.; 
Elizabeth  D.  Putnam,  Davenport,  Iowa;  James  L. 
Seligman,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 

Terms  expire  in  1918 

W.  K.  Bixby,  St.  Louis,  Mo. ;  R.  W.  Corwin,  Pu 
eblo,  Colorado;  G.  Aubrey  Davidson,  San  Diego, 
California;  Mrs.  John  Hays  Hammond,  Washing 
ton,  D.  C.;  Charles  Hill-Tout,  Abbotsford,  British 
Columbia;  Ales  Hrdlicka,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  and 
one  member  to  be  elected. 

Terms  expire  in  1919 

George  Bryce,  Winnipeg,  Manitoba;  William  H. 
Holmes,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  Lewis  B.  Paton,  Hart 
ford,  Conn. :  Frank  Springer,  E.  Las  Vegas,  NewT 
Mexico;  Mrs.  Anna  Wolcott  Vaile,  Denver,  Colora 
do;  and  two  members  to  be  elected. 

Terms  expire  in  1920 

D.  C.  Collier,  San  Diego,  California;  C.  T.  Cur- 
relly,  Toronto,  Canada;  H.  R.  Fairclough,  Stanford 
University,  California;  Frederick  W.  Hodge,  Wash 
ington,  D.  C. ;  Charles  F.  Lummis,  San  Diego,  Cal 
ifornia;  Charles  Peabody,  Cambridge,  Mass. :  Ralph 
E.  Twitcheli,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico. 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

William  H.  Holmes,  Chairman;  Alice  C.  Fletcher, 
Chairman  Emeritus;  Edgar  L.  Hewett,  Director; 
Charles  Peabody,  Recorder;  Paul  A.  F.  Walter, 
Secretary;  John  R.  McFie,  Treasurer;  F.  W.  Ship 
ley,  President  of  the  Institute;  Mitchell  Carroll, 
General  Secretary  of  the  Institute;  Frederick  W. 
Hodge,  Charles  F.  Lummis,  Frank  Springer. 

5.    MEETINGS  AND  QUORUM 
An  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
14 


210         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

shall  be  held  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  fixed 
by  the  Chairman,  previous  notice  being  given  to  all 
members  by  mail  for  sufficient  time  to  enable  them 
to  attend.  Special  meetings  may  be  held  at  any 
time  and  place  upon  call  of  the  Chairman  with  like 
notice,  which  shall  state  the  objects  of  the  meet 
ing.  Seven  members  of  the  Board  shall  constitute 
a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  and  if  a 
quorum  fails  to  attend  any  meeting  on  the  day  for 
which  it  was  called  the  Secretary  or  Recorder  may 
adjourn  the  meeting  from  day  to  day  or  week  to 
week,  not  exceeding  a  month  in  all.  Election  of 
officers  and  members  may  be  had  in  such  manner 
as  the  meeting  may  determine. 

Meetings  of  the  Executive  Committee  may  be 
held  at  any  time  and  place  upon  call  of  the  Chair 
man,  with  notice  by  mail  or  otherwise  to  enable 
those  who  desire  to  attend  to  do  so.    Five  members 
the  Executive  Committee  shall  constitute  a  quo 
rum  for  the  transaction  of  business.     At  the  dis 
cretion  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,   a  vote  of 
members  of  the  Board  may  be  taken  by  mail  upon 
J    any  question  which  he  desires  to  submit. 

6.    SEAL 

A  seal  of  the  following  device  is  adopted  and  de 
clared  to  be  the  seal  of  the  Corporation;  (In  prep- 
eration) . 

7.    AMENDMENTS 

These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by 
a  majority  vote  of  the  incorporators  named  in  the 
Articles  of  Incorporation  of  this  corporation  or  their 
successors  in  membership,  taken  at  a  meeting  of 
the  Board  of  Managers  duly  called,  and  a  certificate 
of  such  amendment  shall  be  signed  by  the  Chair- 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         211 

man  and  Secretary,  or  by  the  majority  of  said  in- 
corparators,  and  filed  with  the  State  Corporation 
Commission  of  New  Mexico,  or  other  official  pre 
scribed  by  law. 

In  witness  whereof  we  have  hereunto  subscribed 
our  names  this  third  day  of  February,  A.  D.  1917. 

W.  H.  Holmes.  Frank  Springer. 

Alice  C.  Fletcher.  R.  E.  Twitchell. 

Ales  Hrdlicka.  James  L.  Seligman. 

Mitchell  Carroll.  Antonio  Lucero. 

Frederick  W.  Shipley.      Paul  A.  F.  Walter. 

Francis  W.  Kelsey.          John  R.  McFie. 

Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

The   Legisiature   of   the  State  of  New   Mexico 
thereupon  enacted  the  necessary  concurrent  law  as 
follows: 
AN  ACT  TO  AUTHORIZE  THE  USE  OF  THE  MUSEUM 

OF  NEW  MEXICO  BY  THE  SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN 

RESEARCH,  AND  TO  PRESCRIBE  THE  METHOD  OF 

APPOINTING  REGENTS  OF  SAID  MUSEUM. 

H.  B.  No.  177;  Approved  March  13,  1917 
Be  it  Enacted  by  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  New 

Mexico: 

SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Muse 
um  of  New  Mexico,  shall  grant  the  use  of  the 
buildings,  grounds  and  property  now  or  hereafter 
belonging  to  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  free  of 
rent  to  the  School  of  American  Research,  a  cor 
poration  for  scientific  purposes  formed  under  the 
laws  of  New  Mexico,  for  the  seat  of  its  operations 
and  for  the  depositing  and  using  of  its  collections 
and  equipment. 

SEC.  2.     The  Board  of  Regents  of  said  Museum 


212         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

shall  accept  the  services  of  the  Director  of  the 
School  of  American  Research  as  Director  of  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico,  without  salary  from 
funds  appropriated  by  New  Mexico. 

SEC.  3.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Museum 
of  New  Mexico  shall  consist  of  the  Governor  of 
New  Mexico  and  the  President  of  the  Archaeolo 
gical  Society  of  New  Mexico,  as  ex-officio  mem 
bers,  and  four  appointive  members,  who  shall  be 
nominated  by,  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
the  senate  appointed  by,  the  Governor,  three  of 
whom  shall  be  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
of  the  School  of  American  Research;  their  terms 
of  office  shall  be  as  now  provided  by  law. 

SEC.  4.  All  acts  and  parts  of  act  in  conflict 
with  the  provisions  of  this  act  are  hereby  repeal 
ed. 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Museum  of  New 
Mexico,  August  6,  1917,  recorded  the  following: 
RESOLUTION 

Whereas,  By  the  Act  of  the  Legislature  of  New 
Mexico  establishing  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico, 
approved  February  19,  1909,  and  Acts  amendatory 
thereof,  it  was  among  other  things  provided  that 
the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  said  Museum  should 
grant  to  the  Archaeological  Institute  of  America 
the  use  of  the  property  belonging  to  said  Museum 
for  the  seat  of  its  School  of  American  Archa 
eology;  and 

Whereas,  By  a  resolution  of  the  Council  of  the 
Archaeological  Institute  of  America  duly  passed  at 
its  meeting  in  St.  Louis,  December  29,  1916,  it 
was  determined  that  the  name  of  the  "School  of 
American  Archaeology"  should  be  changed  to  that 
of  "School  of  American  Research,"  and  that  all 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         213 

acts  of  the  Institute  relative  to  said  School  should 
apply  to  it  under  its  amended  name;  and  also  that 
steps  should  be  taken  to  effect  the  incorporation 
of  said  School  of  American  Research  as  a  body 
corporate  for  scientific  purposes  under  the  Laws 
of  the  State  of  New  Mexico,  and  that  when  such 
corporation  should  have  been  organized  and  em 
powered  to  act  in  a  corporate  capacity,  all  acts 
taken  by  the  Council  of  the  Archaeological  Insti 
tute  of  America  in  relation  to  the  School  of  Amer 
ican  Research  under  its  former  status  should  be 
deemed  to  apply  to  the  corporation  under  the  same 
name;  and 

Whereas,  The  School  of  American  Research  has 
since  the  date  of  said  resolution  become  duly  in 
corporated  under  the  Laws  of  New  Mexico,  as  by 
the  certificate  of  the  State  Corporation  Commis 
sion  dated  February  5th,  1917,  more  fully  appear; 
and  has  adopted  By-Laws  and  filed  a  copy  of  the 
same  with  the  State  Corporation  Commission  as 
required  by  law;  and 

Whereas,  By  an  Act  of  the  Legislature  of  the 
State  of  New  Mexico  approved  March  13,  1917,  it 
was  among  other  things  provided  as  follows: 

"SECTION  1.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Mu- 
,eum  of  New  Mexico  shall  grant  the  use  of  the 
building,  and  property  now  or  hereafter  belonging 
to  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  free  of  rent  to  the 
School  of  American  Research,  a  corporation  for 
scientific  purposes  formed  under  the  Laws  pf  New 
Mexico,  for  the  seat  of  its  operations  and  for  the 
depositing  and  using  of  its  collections  and  equip 
ment." 

"SEC.  2  The  Board  of  Regents  of  said  Museum 
shall  accept  the  services  of  the  Director  of  the 
School  of  American  Research  as  Director  of  the 
14* 


214        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Museum  of  New  Mexico,  without  salary  from  funds 
appropriated  by  New  Mexico." 

Now,  therefore,  be  it, 

Resolved,  By  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the 
Museum  of  New  Mexico; 

1.  That  this  Board   does    hereby  grant  to  the 
School  of  American  Research  the  use  of  the  build 
ings,  grounds  and  property  now  or  hereafter  be 
longing  to  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  upon  the 
terms  and  for  the  uses  specified  in  the  Act  of  the 
Legislature  above  cited;  and  that  in    conformity 
with  said  Act  the  Director  of  the  School  of  Ameri 
can  Research  is  hereby  appointed  as  and  declared 
to  be  the  Director  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico. 

2.  That  all   acts,    resolutions,    grants,    agree 
ments,  orders  and  directions  hereto  fore  taken,  adop 
ted,  passed  made  or  given  by  the  Board  of  Re 
gents  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  in  .relation  to 
the  School  of  American  Archaeology,  its  operations, 
or  the  use  of  the  buildings  and  other  property  of 
said  Museum  in  connection    therewith,    shall    be 
deemed  in  all  respects  to  apply  to  the  said  School  of 
American  .Research,  with  the  same  force  and  effect 
as    if  the  name  ''School  of  American   Research" 
were  in  all  such  matters  substituted  for  the   name 
"School  of  American  Archaeology,"  and  all  such 
acts,  grants,  agreements,  and  ether  doings,  in  so 
far  as  may  be  necessary  or  advisable  to  render  the 
same  or  any  part  thereof  according  to  the  intent 
and  meaning  of  this  resolution,  are  hereby  reaffir 
med,  ratified,  and    confirmed,    in    favor    of    said 
School  of  American  Research. 

The- final  .action  consummating  the  reorganiza 
tion  was  the  following: 

Order  by  the  President  of  the  Archaeological    In 
stitute  of  America: 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         215 

Whereas,  By  a  Resolution  of  the  Council  of  the 
Institute  adopted  at  its  meeting  in  St.  Louis,  De 
cember  30,  1916,  it  was  among  other  things  provid 
ed,  ordered  and  directed: 

I.  That  the  official   name    of  the    School    of 
American    Archaeology    shall    hereafter    be    the 
"School  of  American  Research;"  and  all  Acts  of 
the  Council  of  the  Institute  shall  apply  to  it  under 
its  amended  name; 

II.  That  the  plan  of  organization  of  the  School 
of  American  Archaeology  was  thereby  amended  so 
as  to  govern  its  operations  under    such    amended 
name,  in  certain  particulars  in  said  resolution  par 
ticularly  set  forth. 

III.  That  the  needful  steps  be  taken  to  effect 
the  incorporation  of  the  School  of  American    Re 
search  as  a  body  corporate  for  scientific  purposes 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New   Mexico,  with 
the  understanding  that  the  governing  body  of  the 
corporation  shall  consist  of  the  members  of    the 
Managing  Committee  of  said  School  now  in  office 
and  their  successors  and  that  the   general  plan  of 
organization  and  operation  shall  be  substantially  as 
has  been  provided  by  the  Acts  of  the  Council:  and 
that  when  such  corporation  shall  have  been  organ 
ized  and  empowered  to  act  in  a  corporate  capacity, 
all  acts  taken  by  the  Council  in  relation  to  the  School 
of  American   Research    under  its  present  status 
shall  be  deemed  to  apply  with  the  same  force  and 
effect  to  such  corporation  under    the  same    name, 
and  all  power  and  authority  now    vested  in    said 
School,  and  all  funds  allotted  or  appropiated  to  it, 
shall  be  deemed  vested  in  and  appropriated  to  such 
corporation — such  change  to  be  effected  by  proper 
orders   of  the  President  of  the  Institute  to    that 
effect;  and 


216        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Whereas,  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  said  resolu 
tion,  the  School  of  American  Research  has  been 
duly  incorporated  as  a  body  corporate  for  scientific 
purposes  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  Mex 
ico,  and  is  now  empowered  to  act  in  a  corporate 
capacity;  and  has  adopted  by-laws  for  its  govern 
ment  which  provide,  among  other  things,  that  the 
governing  body  of  the  corporation  shall  consist  of 
the  members  of  the  Managing  Committee  in  Office 
or  authorized  at  the  date  of  said  resolution,  and 
their  successors,  and  that  the  general  plan  of  or 
ganization  and  operation  shall  be  substantially  the 
same  as  that  set  forth  in  Article  II  of  the  said  re 
solution  of  the  Council, — all  of  which  has  been 
made  to  appear  by  copies  of  the  Articles  of  Incor 
poration  of  said  School  of  American  Research,  the 
certificate  of  the  State  Corporation  Commission  of 
New  Mexico  in  relation  thereto,  and  the  By-laws 
as  adopted  by  said  corporation  and  filed  with  the 
said  Commission,  duly  furnished  me  by  the  Secre 
tary  of  the  said  School  of  American  Research. 

Now,  Therefore,  In  conformity  with  the  said  re 
solution  of  December  30,  1916,  and  by  virtue  of 
the  authority  thereby  conferred,  I,  Frederick  W. 
Shipley,  President  of  the  Archaeological  Institute 
of  America,  do  hereby  declare  and  order: 

That  all  Acts  of  the  Council  of  the  Archaeolog 
ical  Institute  of  America  heretofore  taken  in  re 
lation  to  the  School  of  American  Archaeology,  or 
to  the  School  of  American  Research  in  its  former 
status,  shall  be  deemed  to  apply  with  the  same 
force  and  effect  to  the  said  corporation  under  the 
name  School  of  American  Research:  that  all  power 
and  authority  now  or  heretofore  vested  in  said 
Schools  or  either  of  them  or  in  their  officers  and 
managers  and  all  funds  allotted  or  appropriated  to 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         217 

them  or  either  of  them,  are  now  vested  in  and  ap 
propriated  to  the  said  corporation  and  its  corres 
ponding  officers  and  managers. 

Witness  my  hand  this  1st  day  of  August,  A.  D. 
1917. 

F.  W.  SHIPLEY, 

President  of  the  Archaeological  Institute 
of  America. 

II.  RESEARCH  WORK 

There  has  been  almost  an  entire  suspension  of 
field-work  during  1917,  owing  to  the  demands 
upon  the  time  of  the  Director  and  staff  occasioned 
by  the  extensive  building  program  and  the  new 
installation  and  re-installation  of  the  Museums  at 
Santa  Fe  and  San  Diego. 

Preparatory  to  the  large  work  of  excavation 
contemplated  in  Chaco  Canyon,  New  Mexico  in 
collaboration  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and 
the  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  the  Director  and  Mr. 
Bradfield  have  made  a  preliminary  survey  of  the 
field  and  a  report  is  in  preparation  on  the  history 
and  present  condition  of  those  ruins. 

Through  the  recommendation  of  the  School,  the 
government  has  extended  the  limits  of  the  Chaco 
Canyon  and  Gran  Quivira  National  Monuments, 
the  latter  site  being  owned,  in  part,  by  the  School 
and  the  concession  for  the  excavation  of  the  form 
er  having  been  granted  by  the  Department  of  the 
Interior.  In  due  time  the  excavation  of  both 
these  important  sites  will  go  forward  as  planned. 

It  is  the  intention  to  resume  field-work  in  Central 


218          SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

America  as  soon  as  conditions  are  more  favorable. 
The  Director  has  tentatively  promised  to  conduct 
an  archaeological  tour  among  the  ancient  cities 
of  Guatemala  and  Honduras  in  the  near  future. 

Co-ordinate  with  the  work  in  Archaeology  and 
Ethnology  as  it  has  been  conducted  from  Santa  Fe 
in  past  years,  it  is  now  proposed  to  inaugurate  a 
department  of  Historical  Research.  With  this  in 
view,  Mr.  Lansing  Bloom  (Williams  College),  now 
Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Historical  Service 
for  New  Mexico,  has  been  appointed  Associate  in 
History,  and  Miss  Aurora  Lucero  (New  Mexico 
Normal  University)  has  been  appointed  Fellow  in 
Spanish-American  History.  1. 

The  first  work  to  be  organized  in  the  Anthro 
pological  Station  of  the  School  in  Sai:  Diego  was 
that  of  the  laboratory  for  Psychological  Research, 
with  Miss  Montana  Hastings  (Columbia  Univer 
sity),  Associate  in  Psychology,  in  charge.  Miss 
Hastings'  work  in  mental  testing  has  included  the 
pupils  of  the  Francis  Parker  School,  of  the  faculty 
of  which  she  is  a  member,  as  well  as  numerous 
special  cases  from  the  city  schools  and  juvenile 
court.  A  class  of  twenty  students,  mostly  teach 
ers  in  the  San  Diego  schools,  received  certificates 
in  June  for  their  first  year's  work  in  the  laboratory 
and  nearly  all  are  continuing  the  second  year. 
This  class  with  the  new  enrolment  and  the  special 
lecture-work  being  done  by  Miss  Hastings,  to- 

I .      Resigned  before  entering  upon  duties  of  Fellowship. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         219 

gether  with  the  assistant  work  of  Mr.  Herbert 
Sallee  (State  Normal  School  of  San  Diego),  Fellow 
in  Psychology,  is  all  the  Department  as  at  present 
constituted  can  manage.  Its  success  is  due  large 
ly  to  the  cordial  initiative  of  City  Superintendent 
Duncan  MacKinnon,  and  the  generous  support  of 
the  San  Diego  Board  of  Education. 

III.     MUSEUM 

The  Museum  of  Archaeology  in  the  Palace  of 
the  Governors  is  undergoing  a  re-installation 
throughout.  The  Library  has  been  removed  to 
the  new  building,  and  the  former  library  and 
lecture  room  converted  into  a  hall  of  Southwestern 
Archaeology,  in  which  are  installed  collections  ac 
quired  by  the  School  in  the  course  of  its  expedi 
tions  during  the  past  ten  years.  The  principal  re 
gions  represented  are:  in  New  Mexico,  The  Paja- 
rito  Plateau,  Jemez,  Quarai,  Ojo  Caliente,  and 
Santa  Fe;  in  Arizona,  Rio  Puerco  and  Old  Hopi. 
Then  follow  the  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  and  Puye 
rooms,  to  which  important  acquisitions  have  been 
added;  the  Early  Pueblo  room  in  which  the  great 
Pecos  model  is  installed,  and  the  Historical 
Vestibule,  to  which  new  additions  are  being  rapid 
ly  made  relative  to  the  beginnings  of  Spanish  his 
tory  in  Santa  Fe.  For  these  the  School  is  indebt 
ed  to  Colonel  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,  whose  researches 
are  yielding  important  data  with  reference  to  the 
early  history  of  Santa  Fe,  and  especially  the  Palace 
of  the  Governors. 


220         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

The  Museum  in  San  Diego  has  been  completely 
re-installed  by  the  Director  during  the  year.  It 
consists  of  the  Art  Gallery  in  the  Fine  Arts  build 
ing;  the  Central  American  Museum,  in  the  Cali 
fornia  building;  the  Indian  Arts  Museum,  in  the 
building  of  the  same  name;  the  Museum  of  Physi 
cal  Anthropology,  in  the  Science  of  Man  building. 
The  Museum  has  been  enriched  by  the  installation 
of  the  remarkable  Joseph  Jessup  Archery  collec 
tion  in  the  Indian  Arts  building;  the  loan  by  Wil 
liam  E.  Gates  of  a  valuable  exhibition  of  Aztec 
Codices;  the  gift  to  the  School  of  a  rare  lot  of 
publications  by  the  government  of  France  through 
its  Exposition  Commission,  and  the  installation  of 
a  branch  of  the  San  Diego  Public  Library  in  the 
Science  of  Man  building,  with  a  trained  librarian 
in  charge.  Owing  to  the  presence  in  the  park  of 
several  thousand  soldiers,  sailors  and  marines,  the 
use  of  the  Library  and  Museum  has  been  very 
great.  In  the  Art  Gallery,  a  number  of  important 
exhibitions  have  been  held.  Miss  Edna  Scofield, 
Fellow  of  the  School  in  Sculpture,  occupies  one  of 
the  studios.  Mrs.  Florence  de  Z.  Morgan,  Muse 
um  Assistant,  has  given  special  attention  to  the 
extension  of  the  educational  work  of  the  Museum. 

The  opening  of  the  new  Auditorium  and  Art 
Museum  of  the  School  in  Santa  Fe  was  made  the 
occasion  of  a  Congress  of  Science  and  Art.  It  was 
a  memorable  assemblage  of  the  founders  and 
friends  of  the  School.  The  account  of  it,  with  a 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        221 

number  of  the  addresses  and  papers  presented, 
published  in  the  January  issue  of  Art  and  Archa 
eology  may  be  regarded  as  a  part  of  this  report. 
The  Address  of  Dedication  by  Mr.  Frank  Springer, 
the  chosen  spokesman  of  the  Governing  Boards, 
was  a  contribution  which,  in  the  minds  of  those 
who  carry  on  the  work  of  the  Institution,  will  con 
stitute  for  all  time  its  richest  endowment. 
IV.  ART 

The  New  Mexico  Art  movement  continues  to  be 
one  of  the  outstanding  activities  of  the  art  world. 
Everything  that  was  said  in  last  year's  report 
with  reference  to  it  could  be  repeated  and 
emphasized  this  year.  The  number  of  artists 
coming  to  the  Southwest  has  increased.  Santa  Fe 
and  Taos  continue  to  be  the  particular  centers  of 
art  activity.  It  has  been  possible  to  hold  almost 
continuous  exhibitions  in  the  Old  Palace  during 
the  past  year.  The  building  and  opening  of  the 
new  Art  Museum  has  been  a  stimulating  influence. 
The  account  of  the  Dedicatory  Exhibition  in  the 
January  number  of  Art  and  Archaeology  may  take 
the  place  of  any  extended  statement  here,  al 
though  it  can  give  no  adequate  idea  of  the  pro 
found  spirit  for  American  art  which  animates  this 
movement. 

The  School  acknowledges  valuable  gifts  of  paint 
ings  for  the  gallery  from  Joseph  Henry  Sharp, 
Robert  Henri,  Julius  Rolshoven,  George  Bellows, 
Gerald  Cassidy,  Grace  Ravlin,  Warren  E.  Rollins, 


222         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

Geo.  C.  Stanson,  and  Arthur  F.  Musgrave.  It  is 
also  under  profound  obligations  to  almost  every 
artist  who  has  painted  in  the  Southwest  during 
the  past  year  for  assistance  in  the  development  of 
the  new  Art  gallery.  It  would  require  almost  the 
complete  roster  to  enumerate  those  who  have  free 
ly  given  time  and  advice  and  encouragement  in 
ways  that  can  hardly  be  expressed.  The  follow 
ing  excerpts  from  a  letter  of  Mr.  Robert  Henri  to 
a  personal  friend,  which  I  am  permitted  to  quote, 
may  serve  to  reflect  something  of  the  spirit  of  the 
entire  Art  Colony  working  in  the  Southwest. 

'  'The  new  Museum  is  a  wonder Santa  Fe 

can  become  a  rare  spot  in  all  the  world.  Nearly 
all, — one  might  say  all,  — cities  and  towns  strive  to 
be  like  each  other  and  not  to  be  like  themselves. 
Under  this  surprising  present  influence,  Santa  Fe 
is  striving  to  be  its  own  beautiful  self.  Of  course, 
there  are  negative  influences  which  combat,  but 
the  beautiful  thing  has  taken  root  and  the  Museum 
has  grown  in  its  beauty  and  it  is  likely  that  it  will 
spread  its  healthy  kind. 

Most  museums  are  glum  and  morose  temples 
looking  homesick  for  the  skies  and  associations  of 
their  native  land — Greece,  most  likely.  The  Mu 
seum  here  looks  as  though  it  were  a  precious  child 
of  the  Santa  Fe  sky  and  the  Santa  Fe  mountains. 
It  has  its  parents'  complexion.  It  seems  warmly 
at  home  as  if  it  had  always  been  here.  Without 
any  need  of  the  treasures  of  art  which  are  to  go 
into  it,  it  is  a  treasure  of  art  in  itself.  Art  of  this 
time  and  this  place,  of  these  people  and  related  to 
all  the  past.  My  hope  is  that  it  will  shame  away 
the  bungalows  with  which  a  few  mistaken  tastes 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         223 

have  tried  to  make  Los  Angeles  of  Santa  Fe,  and 
the  false  fronts  which  other  mistaken  tastes  have 
tried  to  make  New  York  of  Santa  Fe.  Santa  Fe 
may  do  the  rare  thing  and  become  Itself. 

The  painters  are  all  happy.  The  climate  seems 
to  suit  well  both  temperaments— to  work  or  not  to 
work.  And  here  painters  are  treated  with  that 
welcome  and  appreciation  that  is  supposed  to  exist 
only  in  certain  places  in  Europe." . . 

ROBERT  HENRI. 

Plans  have  already  been  considered  for  an  an 
nual  exhibition  of  Southwestern  art  in  the  new 
Gallery  at  the  close  of  the  Summer  season.  It  is 
believed  that  an  opportunity  to  view  the  assem 
bled  works  of  the  artists  painting  in  the  Southwest, 
before  being  scattered  to  the  fall  and  winter  ex 
hibitions  throughout  the  country  would  be  wel 
comed  by  the  art  loving  public. 

V.    SUMMER  SCHOOL 

For  the  same  reason  that  field  work  was  largely- 
suspended  during  the  season  of  1917,  no  Summer 
Field  School  was  held  as  in  former  years.  At  the 
San  Diego  Museum  under  the  auspices  of  the 
School  Dr.  Maria  Montessori,  the  celebrated 
Italian  anthropologist  and  educator,  conducted  one 
of  her  training  classes.  The  session  was  attended 
by  students  from  almost  every  section  of  the  Unit 
ed  States,  and  several  foreign  countries  were  re 
presented.  There  has  been  some  ground  for  hope 
that  Dr.  Montessori  may  permanently  locate  her 
international  training  school  in  San  Diego,  and  to 


224         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

this  end  the  School  of  Research  will  lend  every 
possible  encouragement. 

Mr.  Henri  Lovins  of  the  Art  department  of  the 
San  Diego  high  school  conducted  a  Summer  School 
of  Art  in  the  Museum,  which  was  well  attended. 

It  is  probable  that  the  Summer  school  work  of 
the  future  will  include  numerous  special  courses 
of  the  kind  above  mentioned,  and  that  in  connec 
tion  with  the  excavations  in  the  field,  a  number  of 
[specially  prepared]  students  of  Art,  Archaeology 
and  Ethnology  may  be  accommodated. 
VI.  WAR  WORK 

The  attitude  of  the  School  toward  the  war  is  ex 
pressed  in  the  following  letter  addressed  to  the 
Governor  of  the  State  of  New  Mexico: 
MY  DEAR  GOVERNOR  LINDSEY: 

With  the  completion  of  the  new  building  the 
facilities  of  the  School  of  Research  and  its  various 
branches  are  so  extended  that  we  now  see  our  way 
to  much  wider  usefulness  than  has  been  possible 
heretofore.  The  plans  for  the  future  which  in 
clude,  of  course,  the  development  of  the  State  Mu 
seum,  are  slowly  maturing. 

In  advance,  however,  of  any  new  activities,  I 
desire  to  say  to  you  that  the  extraordinary  condi 
tions  of  the  present  time  seems  to  us  to  demand 
the  subordination  of  every  other  interest  to  that 
of  the  prosecution  of  the  war.  We  shall  use  every 
endeavor,  as  has  been  repeatedly  expressed  during 
the  meetings  of  the  past  week,  to  avoid  any 
curtailment  of  the  regular  work  of  the  institution, 
for  the  reasons  so  powerfully  expressed  in  the 
dedication  address  of  Mr.  Springer.  However,  I 


15 


GC 


tf 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY        225 

speak,  I  am  confident,  for  every  member  of  the 
governing  boards  and  of  the  staff  when  I  say  that 
every  resource  of  the  Institution  and  the  entire 
energies  of  all  who  are  connected  there-with  are 
at  the  disposition  of  the  State  and  of  the  National 
Government  fo?  war  service. 

We  look  to  you  as  our  Commander-in-chief  to 
inform  us  of  every  opportunity  to  serve  the  State. 
At  present  we  are,  as  you  knowT,  giving  all  the  as 
sistance  we  can  to  the  Board  of  Historical  Service, 
and  we  shall  soon  be  in  position  to  do  still  more  in 
that  direction.  We  are  also  affording  facilities 
for  the  Hospital  and  Surgical  work  of  the  Red 
Cross  and  the  Naval  service,  and  we  are  prepared 
to  provide  for  whatever  increase  of  such  facilities 
may  become  necessary.  Please  be  assured  that 
we  stand  ready  and  eager  to  respond  to  the  full 
extent  of  our  powers  to  every  demand  you  may 
feel  called  upon  to  make  upon  us. 

With  assurances  of  highest  personal  esteem,  I 
beg  leave  to  remain, 

Faithfully  yours, 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT,  Director. 
GOVERNOR  W.  E.  LINDSEY, 

State  Capitol,  Santa  Fe,  N.  M. 

The  work  of  the  Board  of  Historical  Service 
under  the  State  Council  of  Defense,  has  been 
centered  in  the  Palace  of  the  Governors.  As 
sociated  in  this  work  as  members  of  the  Board  are 
the  well-known  historians,  Benjamin  F.  Read,  and 
Colonel  Ralph  E.  Twitchell,  the  third  member 
being  the  Director  of  the  School  of  American  Re 
search.  Mr.  Lansing  B.  Bloom,  already  known  as 


226         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

a  trained  historian,  is  Secretary  of  the  Board.  The 
scope  of  the  work  is  indicated  in  the  following 
outline: 

INDEX  OUTLINE  FOR  THE  RECORDS  OF 
THE  BOARD  OF  HISTORICAL  SER 
VICE,  NEW  MEXICO 

1.  FEDERAL  RELATIONS. 

a.  Congress. 

6.  Judicial  (Federal). 

c.  Executive  (National). 

(1)  President  Wilson  (papers,  proclama 

tions,  etc.). 

(2)  Department  matters. 

(3)  Military. 

(4)  Conservation  measures. 

2.  STATE  ADMINISTRATION. 

a.  Legislative. 
6.  Judicial. 
c.  Executive. 

(1)  State  Council  of  Defense. 

(a)  County  Councils. 

(b)  Board  of  Historical 

Service. 

3.  COMMUNITY  INTERESTS. 

4.  ECONOMIC. 

a.  Resources.  b.  Conservation. 

(1)  population,  c.  Prohibition. 

(2)  material.  d.  Development. 

(3)  business.  e.  Tax  matters. 

(4)  labor.  /.  War  finance. 
(a)LW.W.'s  (1)  Liberty  Loans. 

(5)  corpora-  (2)   Red  Cross. 

tions.  (3)  Relief  to  Allies. 

(6)  roads.  (4)  War  taxes. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY 


227 


5.  MILITARY. 

a.  National  Guard. 

b.  Border  service. 

c.  Federalized 

troops. 
(USNG). 
(1)  Battery  A. 

d.  Regular  Army 

(USA). 
(1)  Engineers. 

(a)  Forestry. 

(b)  Railroad. 

e.  Reservists 

(USNA). 
/.  Draft. 

(1)  Registra 
tion. 

(a)  County 
boards. 

6.  ORGANIZED  ACTIVI 

TIES. 
a.  Women  at  work. 

(1)  Auxiliary 
to  Council 
of  Defense 

(2)  Naval  ser 

vice. 

(3)  Woman  of 
National 

Army'. 

7.  PUBLIC  SAFETY. 

a.  Sedition. 

b.  Aliens. 


(2)  Examination. 

(b)  district 
boards. 

(3)  Efficiency  re 

cords. 

(4)  Exempts  and 

discharges. 

(5)  Men  called   to 

the  colors. 

g.  Navy. 

h.  Aviation. 

i.  Slackers  and  desert 
ers. 

j.  Social  matters. 

(1)  safeguarding 

troops. 

(2)  recreation. 


(4)  Conserva 
tion. 
6.  Red  Cross. 

c.  Civic  bodies. 

d.  Churches. 

e.  Y.M.andY.  W.  C.A. 
/.  Knights  of  Columbus 
g.  Boy  Scouts. 


c.  Crimes. 

d.  Home  Guards. 


228       SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

8.  EDUCATION. 

a.  State  Institu-  e.  War  propaganda. 

tions.  (1)  Patriotic  rallies. 

6.  Agricultural.  (2)    "Four   Minute 

c.  Press.  Men." 

d.  Public  men.  /.  Peace  propaganda. 

9.  PUBLIC  OPINION. 

a.  Mass  meetings,     d.  Officials. 

b.  Organized  bodies    e.  Soldiers. 

c.  Editorials.  /.  Citizens. 

10.  POLITICS  AND  THE 

WAR. 

11.  POETRY  AND  HUMOR 

The  records  of  the  Board  will  be  permanently 
kept  in  the  vaults  of  the  School  of  Research  and 
made  available  for  future  historians  of  the  great 
War. 

With  the  patriotic  co-operation  of  the  Women's 
Museum  Board  the  work  of  the  Santa  Fe  Chapter 
of  the  American  Red  Cross,  together  with  its  cor 
related  branch,  the  Naval  Auxiliary,  is  carried  on 
in  the  new  Museum  building  in  the  ample  quarters 
granted  the  Womans's  Board  by  the  Regents  of 
the  Museum. 

The  Director  has  devoted  considerable  time  to 
public  lecturing  as  one  of  the  authorized  represen 
tatives  of  the  Speaking  division  of  the  National 
Committee  of  Public  Information.  He  has  also 
given  numerous  courses  in  the  Anthropological 
section  of  the  San  Diego  Museum  to  the  soldiers, 
sailors  and  marines  quartered  in  the  public  Park 
of  the  city. 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         229 

VII.    PUBLICATIONS 

The  regular  publications  of  the  School  consist  of 
the  illustrated  magazine,  El  Palacio,  soon  to  be 
converted  into  a  weekly,  and  the  Papers  of  the 
School  of  American  Archaeology,  which  include 
the  following  numbers: 

1.  The  Groundwork  of   American  Archaeology. 

By  Edgar  L.   Hewett. 

2.  The    Excavation  of  the  Cannonball  Ruins  in 

Southwestern    Colorado.     By    Sylvanus    G. 
Morley. 

3.  The  Pajaritan  Culture.     By  Edgar  L.   Hewett. 

4.  The  Excavations  at  Puye  in  1907.     By  Edgar 

L.  Hewett 

5.  Excavations  at  Tyuonyi  in  1908.     By  Edgar  L. 

Hewett. 

6.  A   Group   of   Related   Structures  at    Uxmal, 

Mexico.     By  Sylvanus  G.  Morley.    (Out  of 
print. ) 

7.  The  South    House  at  Puye.     By  Sylvanus  G. 

Morley. 

8.  Notes  on  the  Piro  Language.  By  John  P.  Har 

rington. 

9.  The  Inscriptions  of  Naranjo,  Northern  Guate 

mala.    By  S.  G.  Morley.  (Out  of  print.) 

10.  The  Excavations  at  El  Rito  de  los  Frijoles  in 

1909.     By  Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

11.  The     Correlation     of     Maya    and    Christian 

Chronology.  By  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 

12.  On    Phonetic   and    Lexic    Resemblances   Be 

tween  Kiowan  and  Tanoan.  By  John  P.  Har 
rington. 

13.  Documentary  History  of  the  Rio  Grande  Pue 

blos  of  New  Mexico.   By  Adolph  F.  Bandelier. 
15* 


230         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

14.  An  Introductory  Paper  on  the  Tewa  Language 

Dialect  of  Taos.     By  John  P.  Harrington. 

15.  Explorations  in  Southwestern  Utah  in  1908 

By  Alfred  V.  Kidder. 

16.  Antiquities  of  Central  and  Southeastern  Mis 

souri.     By  Gerard  Fowke. 

17.  A   Brief  Description  of  the  Tewa  Language. 

By  John  P.  Harrington. 

18.  The  Tewa  Indian  Game  of  Canute.     By  John 

P.  Harrington.    (Out  of  print.) 

19.  The  Historical  Value  of  the  Books  of  Chilam 

Balam.     By  Sylvanus  G.  Morley. 

20.  A.  Key  to  the  Navajo  Orthography  employ 

ed  by  the  Franciscan  Fathers  and  the 
Numerals  Two  and  Three  in  Certain  Langu 
ages  of  the  Southwest.  By  John  P.  Har 
rington. 

21.  Two  Seasons'  Work  in  Guatemala.     By  Edgar 

L.  Hewett.  (Out  of  print.) 

22.  Third     Season's   Work    in'  Guatemala.     By 

Edgar  L.  Hewett.     (Out  of  print.) 

23.  The  Ancient  Inhabitants  of  the   San   Juan 

Valley.     By  Byron  Cummings. 

24.  The  Phonetic  System  of  the  Ute  Language. 

By  John  P.  Harrington.     (Out  of  print.) 

25.  The   Great   Natural   Bridges    of   Utnh.     By 

Byron  Cummings. 

26.  Studies  on  the  Extinct  Pueblo  of  Pecos.     By 

Edgar  L.  Hewett.     (Out  of  print.) 

27.  Tewa  Relationship  Terms.     By  John  P.  Har 

rington.     (Out  of  print.) 

28.  Antiquities  of  the  Jemez  Plateau.     By  Edgar 

L.  Hewett.  (Printed  by  the  Department  of 
the  Interior.) 

29.  Physiography  of  the  Rio  Grande  Valley.     By 

Edgar   L.   Hewett,    Junius  Henderson  and 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         231 

Wilfred  W.  Bobbins.  (Printed  by  the 
Bureau  of  American  Ethnology.) 

30.  Ethnpzoology      of    the    Tewa    Indians.     By 

Junius  Henderson  and  John  Peabody  Har 
rington.  (Printed  by  the  Bureau  of  Amer 
ican  Ethnology.) 

31.  The  Santa  Fe  of  the    Future.     By  William 

Templeton  Johnson. 

32.  Architecture  of  the  Panama-California  Inter 

national  Exposition.  By  Edgar  L.  Hewett 
and  William  Templeton  Johnson. 

33.  The  Pueblo  of  Pecos.     By  A.  V.  Kidder. 

34.  The  Proposed  National  Park  of  the  Cliff  Cities, 

By  Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

35.  The  Cities  That  Died  of  Fear.     By  Paul  A.  F. 

Walter. 

36.  The  Pueblo  Revolt  of  1696.     By  Ralph  Emer 

son  Twitchell. 

37.  Our  Native  Architecture  and  Santa  Fe  in  1926. 

By  Carlos  Vierra  and  Edgar  L.  Hewett. 

38.  Old  North  Pueblo  of  Pecos  and    the  Condi 

tion  of  the  Main  Ruin  of  Pecos.  By  A.  V. 
Kidder. 

39.  Cave  Pictographs  and  Primitive  Design.     By 

K.  M.  Chapman. 

40.  The  Ethnogeography  of   the  Tewa  Indians. 

By  John  Peabody  Harrington.  (Printed  by 
the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. ) 

41.  Ethnobotany  of  the  Tewa  Indians.     By  Miss 

Barbara  Freire-Marreco,  Wilfred  W.  Rob- 
bins  and  John  Peabody  Harrington. 

42.  Address  at  Dedication  cf  New  Museum.   By 

Hon.  Frank  Springer. 

VIII.    FINANCE 

Following  is  the  financial  statement  of  the  School, 


232         SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

including    the    Museum    of     New    Mexico    from 
December  1,  1916  to  November  30,  1917: 

Receipts 

Museum  Maintenance  Appropriation  $10,000.00 

Museum  Balance,  December  1,  1916  175.56 

Building  Fund,  New  Museum  .  71,626.73 

Archaeological  Institute  of  America  2,849.99 

San  Diego  Museum  .  1.200.00 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Percy  Jackson  250.00 

Sale  of  Literature  .  75.70 

School  Balance,  December  1,    1916.  .65 


$86,178.63 
Expenditures 

New  Museum  Building  __  $71,626.73 

Salaries. .  8,959.67 

Insurance  476.32 

Printing  1,758.02 

Office  Expense.  258.50 

Transportation  and  Entertainment .  540.50 

Building  Improvements .  110.56 

Water  and  Light  229.83 

Supplies  119.17 

Library  110.44 
Postage,  Express,  Telegraph,  Telephone          455.04 

Photography  513.27 

Field  Work  135.98 

Fuel  415.00 

Museum  Balance  November  30,  1917  83.63 

School  Balance.  November  30,  1917  385.97 


$86,178.63 


SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY         233 

IX.    RECAPITULATION 

The  following  statement  of  the  value  of  the  equip 
ment  and  income  available  for  certain  uses  of  the 
School  of  American  Research  will  show  the  pro 
gress  that  has  been  made  from  1908  to  1917 
towards  endowment: 
SANTA  FE 

Palace  of  the  Governors 
Ground   and   original   building,    writh 
repairs  and  improvements  paid  for 

by  the  State $100,000 

Scientific  collections,  average  expen 
diture  of  $2,000  per  year  during  6 
years..  12,000 

Mural  paintings,  privately  contributed        1,000 
Finck  Library,  privately  contributed        5,000 
New  Auditorium  and  Art  Museum 
Ground  donated  by  the  city..  25,000 

Cost  of  building- 
Cash  privately  contribut 
ed  through  friends  of 

School $  30,000 

State  appropriation, 

1915 . 30,000 

State  appropriation, 

1917  .  45,000      105,000 

6  Mural  Panels,  St.  Francis  series        12,000 
Art  collections: 

75  paintings  byDonald  Beauregard. 
Series  of  paintings  of  New  Mexico 
Missions  by  Carlos  Vierra, 


Forward $260,000 


234        SCHOOL  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHAEOLOGY 

B  rought  forward _  _  $260, 000 
9   paintings   presented    by  the 
artists  Bellows,  Cassidy,  Hen 
ri,  Musgrave,  Ravlin,  Rollins, 

Rolshoven,    Sharp,    Stanson,  30,000 

Residence  of  Director  10,000 


Tangible  property . .  $300,  COO 

Income  from  State,  $15,000  per  year. 

While  this  is  technically  appropriated 
for  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico, 
nevertheless  inasmuch  as  this  Mu 
seum  is  identical  with  that  of  the 
School  of  American  Research,  and  is 
devoted  to  certain  of  the  School's 
definite  purposes  as  administered  by 
the  Director;  and  as  by  law  the  Di 
rector  of  the  School  is  also  Director 
of  the  Museum ;  and  three  of  the  four 
appointive  members  of  its  Board  of 
Regents  are  to  be  members  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  of  the  School; 
this  is  practically  equivalent  to  a 
cash  endowment  of  .  300,000 


Total  at  Santa  Fe $600,000 

Thus  the  School  of  American  Research  has  now, 
by  way  of  equipment  suitable  to  its  uses  and  of  in 
come  from  sources  other  than  the  Institute,  virtu 
ally  an  endowment  of  over  half  a  million  dollars. 
The  income  thus  provided  is  necessarily  restricted  in 
its  application  to  the  work  within  the  State  of 


SCHOOL   OF    AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY         235 

New  Mexico,  which  alone  is  a  vast  Archaeological 
field.  It  has  the  unrestricted  use  of  the  equipment 
and  collections  of  the  San  Diego  Museum  for  its 
anthropological  work,  the  money  value  of  which 
can  hardly  be  stated.  In  order  to  accomplish  its 
broader  work  for  the  American  continent  the  School 
should  have  a  further  endowment  that  will  yield 
an  unrestricted  income  of  at  least  twenty  thou 
sand  dollars. 

EDGAR  L.  HEWETT 
Santa  Fe,  N.  M.,  Dec.  1,  1917. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
Bldg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

•  2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 
(510)642-6753 

•  1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing 
books  to  NRLF 

•  Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4 
days  prior  to  due  date. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

IAN  1  4  1998 


12,000(11/95) 


$246 


Santa  Fi,  H*M.   Sch*ol_*4_ 

American  research. 
•  •r-Organic  acts  end  ad* 
dnistrative  reports 


M110798 


ESI 
S245 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


